B Series
Shop Manual
1991 and 1994
Certification Levels
Four Cylinder Six Cylinder
4BT3.9 6BT5.9
Copyright® 1994 Bulletin 3666017-01
Cummins Engine Company, Inc. Printed in U.S.A. 11/94 (996)
All rights reservedForeword
‘This manual contains complete rebuild specifications and inforrnation for the B Series engines, and all associates
components manutactured by Cummins Engine Company, Inc. A listing of accessory and component suppliers’
addresses and telephone numbers 1s located ia Section C. Suppliers can be contacted directly for any information
not covered in this. manual
Read and follow all safety instructions. Refer to the WARNING in the General Safety Instructions in this
section.
The repair procedures in this manual are based on the engine being installed on an approved engine stand. Some
rebuild procedures require the use of special serwce tools. Make sure the Correct tools are used as described in
the procedures,
When a specific brand name, number, or special tool 1s referenced in this manual, an equivalent product can be
used in place of the recommended item.
A series of specific service manuals (Troubleshooting and Repair, Specifications, Alternative Repair, and so on.)
are available and can be ordered by filling out and maiting the Literature Order Form located in the Service Literature
Section L.
Reporting of errors, omissions, and recommendations for improving this publication by the user 1s encouraged,
Please use the postage paid, self-addressed Literature Survey Form in the back of this manual for communicating
your comments.
The specifications and rebuild information in this manuat is based on the information in effect at the time of printing
Cummins Engine Company, Inc. reserves the right t6 make any changes at any time without obligation. If
differences are found between your engine and the information in this manual, contact a Cummuns Authorized
Repait Location, a Cummins Division Office. or the factory.
The latest technology and the highest quality components are used to manufacture Cummins engines. When
replacement parts are needed, we recommend using only genuine Cummins or ReCon® exchange pans. These
parts can be identified by the following trademarks
GE Fieelquart’ 2aczesTable of Contents
Introduction... 0.0626 e eee
Engine Identification 2.0.02... eee coe
Engine Disassembly and Assembly --Group 00
Cylinder Block - Group 01 .......... we ev cece eens weve eee
Cylinder Head - Group 02 ........... co ccebteeserseeneeeesenees
Rocker Levers - Group 03
Cam Followers - Group 04 .........
Fuel System - Group 08.
injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 _ beeen eee states
Lubricating Ol! System - Group 07.6... 2s. d eee
Cooling System - Group 08
Drive Units = Group 09.
Air Ihtake System - Group 10 .........
Exhaust System - Group 11-5 ....+
Alr Equipment - Group 12 .:....-.--
Electrical Equipment - Group 13 ....- 6-0... eee eee cece eee cee eee eens
Erigine Testing - Group 14
Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 -. .
Specifications - Group 18
Service Literature .
Component Manufacturer
Index ooo ee pee eee eep eee et neces
0-1
1
a4Cummins 22-Group System Exploded Diagram
ew900gySection: introduction . How To Use The Manual
B Series : Page 1-3
How To Use The Manual
All references to engine components in this manual are divided into 22 specitic groups. The organization 1s
consistent with the service bulletins, service parts topics, and the parts catalogs for your convenience in updating
the shop manual.
Table of Contents
The Table of Contents in the front of the manual contains a quick page reference for each group number
Group Contents
Each group contains the following information:
+ A group index page at the beginning of each group to quickly aid in locating the information desired
* General information to aid in rebuilding the component and an explanation of design change differences.
= Step-by-step rebuild instructions for disassembly cleaning, inspection, and assembly of the component.
* Symbols which represent the action outlined in the instructions. The definitions of the symbols, listed in four
languages (English, Spacish, French, and German), appear on pages 1-5 through +8.
Index
An alphabetical index 1s in the back of the manual to aid in locating specific information.
Metric Information
Both metric and U.S. customary values are used tn this manual. The metnc value 1s listed first, followed by the
U.S, customary in brackets. An example Is 60°C [140°F),Section! Introduction
Generic Symbols
B Series.
Page 1-4
Generic Symbols
The following group of symbols have been used in this manual to help communicate the intent of the instructions.
When one of the symbols appears, it conveys the meaning detined below.
COMEIOHOBRD b>
@ }
WARNING Serious personal injury or extensive property damage can result if the warning
instructions are not followed.
CAUTION Minor personal injury can result or a part, an assembly or the engine can be damaged
if the caution instructions are not followed
Indicates a REMOVAL or DISASSEMBLY step.
Indicates an INSTALLATION or ASSEMBLY step.
INSPECTION ts required.
CLEAN the part or assembly
PERFORM a mechanical or time MEASUREMENT
LUBRICATE the part or assembly
Indicates that a WRENCH or TOOL SIZE will be given.
TIGHTEN to a specific torque.
PERFORM an electrical MEASUREMENT
Refer to another location in this manual or another publication fer additional information.
The component weighs 23 kg [50 Ib] or more. To avoid personal injury use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component.Hlustrations
Page 8
illustrations
The illustrations used in the “Repair Sections” of this
manual are intended to givo an example of a problem,
and to shew what to look for and where the problem can
be found. Some of the-illusirations are “generic” and
might not look exactly like the engine or parts used in
your application. The illustrations can contain symbols
to indicate an action required, and an acceptable or not
acceptable condition.
The illustrations are intended to show repair or replace-
ment procedures. The illustration can differ from your
application, but the procedure given will be the same.
Section 1 - Introduction
B Seres.
aaSection Introduction
B Series
Section i - Introduction
. Section Contents
About the Manual.
General Cleaning instructions ..
Glass or Plastic Bead Cleaning.
Solvent and Acid Cleaning
Steam Cleaning
General Repair Instructions
General Safety Instructions.
Important Safety Notice...
Generic Symbols
Glossary of Terms
How Yo Use The Manual
Group Contents
Index.
Metaic information
Table of Contents.
Mustrations..... sssneseenue
Simbolos Usados En Este Manual
SYMBOE -eesrsce ets
Symboles Utilises Dans Ce Manuel ..
Page +1About the Manual Section: Introduction
Page -2 B Senes
About the Manual
‘This manual contains information for 1991 and newer engines starting with ESN 44566920. For information on prior
built engines refer to the B Series Shop Manual, Bulletin No, 3810206-02
The procedures in this manual were developed for a shop environment with engine disassembly and assembly
being performed on a rollover stand. A Group System has been used to subdivide the instructions by major
components and systems. Refer to the Table of Contents (page |-1) for the various groups. The information 1s
presented in very basic terms to make sure the structions are easily understood. Wrench sizes and shop tooling
are identified in the procedure when needed
Each group contains the following in sequence:
+ An Alphabetical Table of Contents (Index).
* Exploded view(s) of all the components in the group
* General information Section(s) containing the basic service, maintenance, and design information
necessary to assist in the rebuild of the engine or a component.
* Procedural instructions for the disassembly, inspection, repair, and assembly that can be required to
rebuild an engine. Additional repairs that are not essential dunng every rebuild, but can be necessary,
are included. These repairs depend on the length of time an engine has been in service and the condition
of the parts.Section 1 Introduction General Safety Instructions
B Series Page 1-9
General Safety Instructions
Important Safety Notice
Ay WARNING AY
Improper practices or carelessness can cause burns, cuts, mutilation, asphyxiation or other bodlly injury
or death.
Read and understand all of the safety precautions and warnings before performing any repaur. This list contains
the general safety precautions that must be followed to provide personal safety. Special safety precautions are
Included in the procedures when they apply.
* Make sure the work ar2a surrounding the product is dry, well lit, ventilated; free from clutter, laose tools, parts,
Ignition sources and hazardous substances. Be aware of hazardous conditions that can exist
Always wear protective glasses and protective shoes when working
Rotating parts can cause cuts, tnutilation or strangulation.
Ds not wear loose-fitting or torn clothing, Remove all jewelry when warkiag.
Disconnect the battery (negative [-) cable first) and discharge any capacitors before beginning any repatr work.
Disconnect the air starting motor if equipped to prevent accidental engine starting. Put a “Do Not Operate"
tag in the operator's compartment or on the controls.
* Use ONLY the proper engine barring techniques for manually rotating the engine. Do not attempt to rotate the
crankshaft by pulling or prying on the fan, This practice can cause serious personal injury, property damage,
or damage to the fan blade(s) causing premature fan failure.
* Ifan engine has been operating and the caolant is hot, allow the engine to cool before you slowly loosen the
filler cap and relieve the pressure from the cooling system.
+ Do not work on anything that 1s supported ONLY by lifting sacks or a hoist. Always use blocks or proper stands
to support the product before performing any service work
* Relieve all pressure in the air, oil, and the cooling systems before any lines, fittings, or related items are removed
or disconnected. Be alert for possible pressure when disconnecting any device from a system that utilizes
pressure. Do not check for pressure leaks with your hand. High pressure oil or fuel can cause personal injury.
* To prevent suffocation and frostbite, wear protective clothing and ONLY disconnect liquid refrigerant (freon)
lines in a well ventilated area. To protect.the environment, liquid refrigerant systems must be properly emptied
and filled using equipment that prevents the release of refrigerant gas (tlvorocarbons) into the atmosphere.
Federal law requires capture and recycling refrigerant.
© To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance when lifting components that weigh 23 kg [50 Ib] or mare.
Make sure all lifting devices such as chains, hooks, or slings are in good condition and are of the correct
capacity. Make sure hooks are positioned correctly. Always use a spreader bar when necessary. The lifting
hooks must not be side-loaded.
'* Corrosion inhibitor contains alkali. Do not get the substance in your eyes. Avoid prolonged or repeated contact
with skin. Do not swallow internally. In case of contact, immediately wash skin with soap and water. In case
of contact, immediately flood eyes with large amounts of water for a minimum of 15 minutes. IMMEDIATELY
CALL A PHYSICIAN. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN.
* Naptha and Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) are flammable materials and must be used with caution, Follow the
manufacturer's instructions to provide completa safety when using these materials. KEEP OUT OF REACH
OF CHILDREN.
+ Toavoid burns, be alert for hot parts on products that have just been turned OFF and hot fluids mn fines, tubes,
and compartments
+ Always use tools that are in good condition. Make sure you understand how fo use them before performing
any service work. Use ONLY genuine Cummins or Cummins Recon® repiacement parts.
* Always use the same fastener part number (or equivalent) when replacing fasteners. Do not use a fastener
of lessor quality if replacements are necessary.
‘+ Do not perform any repair when fatigued or after consuming alcohol or drugs that can impair your functioning.
+ Some state and federal agencies in the United States of America have determined that used engine oil can
be carcinogenic and can cause reproductive toxicity. Avoid inhalation of vapors, ingestion, and prolonged
contact with used engine oilGeneral Repair Instructions Section | Introduction
Page 1-10 B Series
General Repair Instructions
This engine incorporates the latest diesel technology at the time it was manufactured; yet, it 1s designed to be
repaired using normat repair practices performed to quality standards.
* Cummins Engine Company, tnc. does not recommend or authorize any modifics ns or repairs to
engines or components except tor those detailed in Cummins Service information. In particular, un-
authorized repair to safety-related components can cause personal injury or death. Below 1s a partial
listing of components classified as safety-related:
‘Air Compressor
Air Controls
Alr Shutoff Assemblies
Balance Weights
Cooling Fan
Fan Hub Assembly
Fan Mounting Bracket(s)
Fan Mounting Capscrews
Fan Hub Spindie
Flywheel
Flywheel Crankshaft Adapter
Flywheel Mounting Capscrews
Fuel Shutoff Assemblies
Fuel Supply Tubes
Litting Brackets
Throttle Controls
Turbocharger Compressor Casing
Turbocharger OH Drain Line(s)
Turbocharger Ol! Supply Line(s)
Turbocharger Turbine Casing
Vibration Damper Mounting Capscrews
+ Follow All Safety Instructions Noted in the Procedures.
Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning sdivents and other substances used dunng the
repatt of the engine. Some solvents and used engine oil have been identified by government agencies as
toxic or carcinogenic. Avoid excessive breathing, injestion and contact with such substances. Always use
good safety practices with tools and equipment,
© Provide A Clean Environment and Foliow the Cleaning Instructions Specified in the Procedures
The engine and its components must be kept clean during any repate. Contamination of the engine or
components will cause premature wear.
+ Perform the inspections Specified in the Procedures.
* Replace all Components or Assemblies Which are Damaged or Worn Beyond the Specifications
* Use Genuine Cummins New or ReCon® Service Parts and Assemblies
The assembly instructions have been written to use again as many components and assemblies as
possible. When it is necessary to replace a component or assembly, the procedure ts based on the use
of new Curmmins or Cummins ReCon® components, All of the repair services described in this: manual
are available from all Cummins Distributors and most Dealer locations.
+ Follow The Specified Disassembly and Assembly Procedures to Avoid Damage to the Components.
Somplete rebuild instructions are available the shop manual which can be ordered or purchased from a Cummins,
Authorized Repair Location. Refer to Section L, Ulterature, for ordering instructions.Section 1 Introduction General Cleaning Instructions
B Series Page i-11
General Cleaning Instructions
Solvent and Actd Cleaning
Several solvent and acid-type cleaners can be used to clean the engine parts. Cummins Engine Company,
Inc. does not recommend any specific cleaners. Always follow tha cleaner manufacturer's instructions.
Experience has shown that the best results can be obtained using a cleaner that can be heated to 90 to
95 degrees Celsius [180 to 200 degrees Fahrenheit). A cleaning tank that provides a constant mixing and
filtering of the cleaning solution will give the best'resuits.
De Remove all the gasket material, o-rings, and the deposits of sludge, carbon, etc., with a wire brush or scraper
before putting the parts in a cleaning tank. Be careful not o damage any gasket surfaces. When possible,
steam clean the parts before putting them in the cleaning tank.
fy Warning: Acid is extremely dangerous, and can damage the machinery. Always provide a tank of strong
soda water as a neutralizing agent.
Rinse all of the parts in hot water after cleaning. Ory completely with compressed air. Blow the rinse water from
all of the capscrew holes and the oil drilings
If the parts are not to be used immediately after cleaning, dip them in a suitable rustproofing compound. The
tustproofing compound must be removed from the parts before installation on the engine.
Steam Cleaning
Steam cleaning can be used to remove all types of dirt that can contamimate the cleaning tank. It is a good
way to clean the oil drillings.
Warning: Wear protective’clothing to prevent personal injury from the high pressure and extreme heat.
Do not steam clean the following parts:
1 Electrical Components
2. Wiring
3. Injectors
4. Fuel Pump
5. Belts and Hoses
6. Bearings
Glass or Plastic Bead Cleaning
Glass or plastic bead cleaning can be used on many engine components to remove carbon deposits. The
cleaning process 1s controlled by the size of the glass or plastic beads, the operating pressure, and the
cleaning time.
A Caution: Do not use glass or plastic bead cleaning on aluminum piston skirts. Do not use glass bead
cleaning on aluminum ring grooves. Small particles of glass or plastic will embed in the alummum and
result in premature wear. Valves, turbocharger shafts, etc., can also be damaged. Follow the cleaning
\] directions listed in the procedures.
NOTE: Plastic bead blasting media, Part No. 3822735, can be used to clean aluminum ring grooves. Do not use
any bead blasting media on pin bores or aluminum skirts.
Follow the equipment manufacturer's cleaning instructions. The following guidelines can be used to adapt to
manufacturer's instructions:
1 Bead size: Use U.S. size No. 16-20 for piston cleaning with plastic bead madia, Part No. 3822735.
Use U.S. s1z6 No. 70 for piston domes with glass media.
Use U.S. size No, 60 for general purpose cleaning with glass media.
2. Operating Pressure: Glass: Use 620 kPa [90 psi] for general purpose cleaning.
Plastic: Use 270 kPa [40 psi] for piston cleaning
3. Steam clean or wash the parts with solvent to remove all of the foreign material and glass or plastic
beads after cleaning. Rinse with hot water. Ory with compressed air.
4. Do not contaminate the wash tanks with glass or plastic beads,Glossary of Terms
Page 1-12
AG.
AFC:
TDC:
BDC:
TDC:
Circumferential Direction:
Concentricity
CPL.
Cummins Sealant:
DC.
Dye Penetrant Method:
End Clearance:
ESN.
Hammer:
LD.
Loctite 290:
Loctite 609:
Lubriplate 105:
Section: Introduction
B Series
Glossary of Terms
Definition
Alternating Current
Air Fuel Control; a device in the fuel. pump that limits the fuel delivery until
there 1s sufficent intake manifold pressure to allow for complete combustion.
After Top Dead Center’ refers to the position of the piston or the crankshaft
rod journal. The piston 1s moving downward on the power stroke or intake
stroke.
Bottom Dead Center: refers to the position of the piston or the crankshaft rod
Journal. The piston is at its lowest position in the cylinder.
Before Top Dead Center’ refers to the position of the piston or the crankshaft
rod journal. The piston is moving upward on the compression stroke or ex-
haust stroke.
In the direction of a circle in respect to the centerline of a round part or a
bore.
‘A measurement of the difference between the centers of elther two or more
parts or the bores in one part. '
Control Parts List; this listing entities the specific parts that must be in-
stalled on the engine to meet agency certification,
This 1s a one part Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) silicone rubber, ad-
hesive and sealant material having high heat and oil resistance, and low
compression set
Some of the equivalent products are Marston Lubricants, Hylosit, Dow Corn-
ing, Silastic 722, Loctite Supertiax, General Electric 1473, and General Elec
tne'14
Direct Current
AA method sad to check for cracks in @ part by using a dye penelrant and @
developer. Use crack detection kit, Part No. 3375432, or its equivalent.
The clearance in an assembly determined by pushing the shaft in an axial
direction one way and then pushing the shaft the other way
Engine Serial Number
Ahand tool consisting of a hard steel head on a handle,
Ingide Diameter
A single component, anaerobic, polyester resin, liquid sealant compound that
hardens between closely fitted metal surfaces producing a tough, hard bond,
An equivalent product 18 Perma-Lok HL 126,
A single component anaerobic, liquid adhesive that meets or exceeds the re-
quirements of MIL-R-48082A (MR) TYPE1
Some of the equivalent products are Loctite 601 and Permabond HiL 138.
‘A mineral oil base grease with calcium soap (2 percent to 6 percent), and
zinc oxide (2 percent to 4 parcent) additives.Section 1 Introduction
B Series
Magnetic Particle Inspection:
Mallet:
MAX,
Min
No.
oD.
OS:
Protrusion:
STD:
To:
TOC:
TLR.
Water Pump Grease:
Glossary of Terms
Page i-13,
Definition
‘A method of checking for cracks in elther steel or iron parts. This method
requires a Magnafiux or equivalent machine that imparts a magnetic field on -
the part being checked
A hand tool consisting of a soft head, elther wood, plastic, lead, brass, or
rawhide, on a handle.
Maximum allowed
Minimum allowed
Number
Outside Diameter
Oversize
The difference in the height betwoen two parts inthe assembled state
Standard
Torque Converter: used when referring to the torque converter cooler.
‘Top Dead Center refers to the position of the piston or the crankshaft rod
Journal. The piston 1s at its hughest position in the cylinder. The rod journal 1s
pointing straight up toward the piston.
Total Indicator Runout; used when measuring the concentncity or the runout
The TLR. raters to the total movement of the needle on a dial indicator, from
the most negative reading to the most positive reading.
A premium high temperature grease that will lubricate antifriction bearings
continually from minus 40°C [minus 40°F] to plus 150°C [Plus 350°F]
Some of the greases meeting this requirement are Aeroshell No. 5, Chevron
SRI, Amoco Rykon Premijm No. 2, Texaco Premium AB, and Shell olium R.
Aerostell No, 5 Is not compatible with the other greases and must not be
mixed. Cummins Engine Company, Inc., uses Aeroshell No. 5 on new en-
gines and components,Section E Engine and Component Identification
B Series Page E-1
Section E - Engine and Component Identification
Section Contents
ne
Engine Diagram Automotive Engine... a a
Engine Identification E2
Automotive Engine Dataplate .. E28
‘Automotive Engine Nomenclature... £3
Engine Dataplate .. E2
Industrial Engine Nomenciature E38
General Engine Specifications. e6
Batteries (Specific Gravity)... E8
Cooling System. E7
Electrical System Es
Fuel System... E7
General Engine Data: E6
Intake Air and Exhaust Sysiam . E?
Lubrication System .... . E6
Injection Pump Dataplate......... ese even E4
Lucas CAV BPA dataplate location’... &
ron : . vo 4
Robert Bosch VE dataplate location. .Engine Identification
Page E-2
Section E Engine and Component Identification
B Series
Engine Identification
Engine Dataplate
The engine dataplates show specific information about
jour engine. The engine serial number (1) and Control
Parts List (CPL) (2) provide information for ordering parts
and servicing the engine.
NOTE: The engine dataplate must not be changed unless
approved by Cummins Engine Company, Ino.
Ei a ee
Samaras Eh eben [ak F eee ma] & [ee
aoa ee
fc nd |__Baaee ve
Sa cone |
| ha mia Don OF ais ea Caloge-PMH. Matwut No. me
SSS L,
AVERTSSEMENT. Danger de ensue o« Siaxcntaion ane eek ose s EP rat no.
Gs perme « cota combust 270M cw aR, dex Sevmk Froe Aen Eon
Zee ee See =
ae was BAR oe
= Sees ars eons 7 “=
Sie aims fastener ;
Automotive Engine DataplateSection E Engine and Component Identification
B Senes
Industrial Engine Nomenclature
The mode! name for Industrial engines provides the fol-
lowing engine data:
4BTA39
Le L. Displacement in Liters
Aftercooled
Turbocharged
Engine Series
Number of Cylinders
Automotive Engine Nomenclature
The model name for Automotive engines provides the
following engine data:
B59 190
L_ Horsepower Rating
Displacement in Liters
Engine Series
Engine Identification
Page E-3Injection Pump Dataplate Section E - Engine and Component Identitication
Page E-4 B Senes
Injection Pump Dataplate
The injection pump dataptate is located on the side of the
injection pump. It provides information for fuel pump cal-
ibration,
Robert Bosch VE dataplate location.
‘e20%00
Lucas CAV DPA datapiate location.
Stanadyne DB4 Dataplate Location
In-Line Injection Pump Dataplate Location
This illustration shows the dataplate location for the Bosch
and Nippondenso in-line injection pump.Section E Engine and Component Identification
8 Senes
The Cummins part number for the fuel pump-governor
combination is focated on the governor dataplate.
Injection Pump Dataplate
Page E-5General Engine Specifications Section E Engine and Component Identification
Page E-6 B Senes
General Engine Specifications
General Engine Data
. 102 mm (4.02 in]
BOL cess otnctssessentv
Stroke .. a 4120 mm [4.72 in]
Displacement
4B... - 3.92 liters [289 in}
6B .... 5.88 liters [359 in*]
Compression ratio
4B3.9/6B5.9 Industrial, naturally aspirated + 18.5:
4873.9/6BT5.9 Industrial, turbocharged .. . coe 17.8:
4BTA3.9/68TAS.9 Industrial, turbocharged and‘aftercooled ......- 1 16.5:1
83.9/B5.9" Automotive, charge air cooled . eoseseenuese . 47.631
Firing order
6 cylinder’ . ee 1 VEE 24
oe 1-OAD
4 cylinder ... -
Valve Settings
Intake Valve Adjustment ...
Exhaust Valve Adjustment... soseenseenseennncne oe
sescnseee 0.25 mm (0.010 in}
. 0.51 mm [0.020 in]
Clockwise
Engine rotation (viewed from front of engine) a - .
Engine weight (with standard accessories)
. 325 to 350 kg (715 to 770 Ib]
410 to 440 kg [910 to 970 Ib}
4 cylinder engines .
6 cylinder engines ... - - -
Lubrication System
Oil pressure
At idle (mirumum allowable)
At rated speed (minimum allowable)
ocsnniseesennnneneerssnsneseens 69 KPA [10 psi]
.. 207 kPa [30 psi]
. (1991) 449 kPa [65 psi}
(1994) 517 kPa [75 psi]
Differential pressure to open oil filter bypass Valve... oesttseenecersneee (1991) 138 kPa [20 psi]
(1994) 172 kPa [25 psi]
Regulating valve opening pressure ...ccsenaee
Oil-capacity of standard engine
4 cylinder engines
6 cylinder engines .......
. 8.5 titers (10 U.S. Qts.]
ove 14.2 liters (15 U.S. Qts.]
Total system capacity
11.0 liters [11.6 U.S. Qts.]
~. 16.4 liters [17.3 U.S. Qts.]
4 cylinder engines
6 cylinder enginesSection E Engine and Component Identification General Engine Specifications
B Series Page E-7
Cooling System
Thermostat
Begins to Open s.ssscsisssse pe - 81°C [181°F]
Fully open eesscnennsetee . - - - 95°C (203°F]
Pressure cap for 99°C {210°F] system - - - - +. 50 kPa,{7 psi)
Pressure cap for 104°C {220°F] system sve 103 kPa [15 psi]
Coolant capacity (engine only)
4 cylinder (noniaftercooled, charge atr cooled)” ........
4 cylinder (jacket water aftercooled) .....2...--+:
6 cylinder (non-aftercooled, charge air cooled)”.
6 cylinder (jacket water aftercooled) ......
7.0 liters [7 4 U.S. Qts.]
- 7.9 liters [8.4 U.S. Qts.]
sesseeneen 9.0 liters [9.5 U.S, Qts.]
. 9.9 liters [10.5 U.S. Qts.}
intake Air and Exhaust System
Maximum alfowable intake restriction at rated speed and load (with dirty air filter element)
Naturally Aspirated ...... - 50.8 om H,0 [20 in H,0)
Turbocharged ....rsuesseee poner sess »- 63.5 om H,0 [25 in H0]
Maximum turbocharger outlet restriction at rated speed and load ....... - 76.2 mm Hg [3 in Hg]
Maximum exhaust restriction at rated speed and load
Automotive with oxidation catalyst
Automotive
.. 152.4 mm Hg [6 in Hg}
114.3 mm Hg [4.5 in Hg]
76.2 mm Hg [3 in Hg}
Industrial
Fuel System
Fuel transfer pump maximum inlet restriction .... . . seeseseneens 100 mm Hg [4 in Hg}
Fuel transfer pump output pressure al rated speed
70 kPa [10 psi)
172 kPa (25 psi]
Distributor fuel injection pumps (maximum)
Inline fuel iryection pumps (minimum) .
Fuel filter restriction (maximum pressure drop across filters) - seoceeeeteeneeasenness 3S KPa [5 psi}
Fuel return restriction (maximum) . scscseeseenenenee 518 mm Hg [20.4 in Hg]
* All 1991 and 1994 automotive engines with charge air cooling are designated as B3.9 or B5.9.General Engine Specitications Section E_ Engine and Component Identification
B Senes
Page E-8
Electrical System
Minimum Recommended Battery Capacity
Light accessories including alternator, power steering pump, and disengaged clutch
12 Volt System
4 cylinder engine . 625 CCA
6 cylinder engine 800 CCA
24 Volt System*
4 cylinder engine ..... 400 CCA
- 400 CCA
6 cylinder éngine .... 7
Heavy accessories including hydraulic pump and torque converter
12 Volt System
4 cylinder engine ......
6 cylinder engine
24 Volt System*
4 eylinder engine
6 cylinder engine
800 CCA
. 950 CCA
400 CCA
. 475 CCA
* Per battery (two 12 volt batteries in series) CCA Ratings are based on 18°C [°F].
Batteries (Specific Gravity)
Specific Gravit
State of Charge
1.260 1.280 100%
4.230 1.250 75%
1.200 1.220 50%
1170 1 490 25%
1110 1130 Discharged 'Section E - Engine and Component Identification Engine Diagram Automotive Engine
B Series Page E-9
Engine Diagram - Automotive Engine
The illustrations which follow show the locations of the major external engine components, the filters, and other
service and maintenance points. Some external components will be at different locations for different engine
models.
Enger.
ign Prose Inch AP
~L. a
Ino Fi Fl Fer/
‘sey Separaie
‘x Cartorassor NPT (ny Wa aes
yt NTE
Reali Stcton
Magnede Pickup Location
30 UN
A Comoros Fuad Un Pump
Engne Data Pate Ofpaick
18 NPTE Gren)
Ol Pressure none
Inlet Side
_ Tuto Exhaust Outlet
Flaxpiate Mounting
Holes
Rear. ViewEngine Diagram Automotive Engine Section E Engine and Component Identiication
eres.
Page E-10
uot (ypotion Nozzles
‘Turbocharger Side View
Texto Air Out
Engine Air int
_—— Fut Pump Drwe Cover
Front ViewSection 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Sones Shop Manual Page 0-1
Section 0- Engine Disassembly and Assembly - Group 00
Section Contents
Page
Accessories Installation - 0-88
Accessories Removal... ve . ec 024
Alternator Installation... om
Alternator Removal .. ont
Balancer installation... 0-62
. 035
Balancer Removal...
Locking the Balancer.
Measuring Backlash...
Measuring the End Play
Removing the Balancer .
Belt Tensioner Installation...
Belt Tensioner Removal
Camshaft _installatio:
Camshaft End Play Measuring. sguctnecnsne
Camshaft Gear, Backlash - Measuring . 059
O31
Camshaft Removal... sen - a -
Measunng Gear Lash... ee ts te cesses : seve 0-31
Crankshatt Installation...
Crankshaft Removal.
0-35
0-35
na O85
“0-36
ont
0-10
0-56
. 058
0-42
0-39
Crankshaft End Play Measuring sos 0-66
Cylinder Block Propare for ASSEMBLY .esie-siee ee - en OBI
Cylinder Block Removing From the Rollover Stand . a ost
Cylinder Head Installation ese 7 0-92
. 0-22
Cylinder Head - Removal .
Cylinder Head Tightening ..
Dipstick Removal...
Drive Belt Installation
Drive Belt Removal.
Engine Assembly
Engine Disassembly eee
Engine Disassembly and Assembly .
Assembly
Disassembiy
General Information
Engine Disassembly and Assembly Service Toots.
Engine Disassemibly Check List
Engine Weight ...esc.ccercnn
Exhaust Manifold installation ...
Exhaust Manifold Removal
Fan Hub Installation
Fan Hub - Removal
Fan Pulley Removal
Flywheel InstallaticSection 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
Page 0-2 8 Serres Shop Manual
Page
Flywheel Removal. a reset 0-23
Flywheel Housing Installation
Flywheel Housing Removal.
Front Cover Installation...
Front Cover Removal...
Fuel Filter Removal..... .
Fuel Filter Head. Installation ......
Fuel Filter Head Removal...
Fuel Lines _installation......
Fuel Drain Manifold Installation. 7
High Pressure Fuel Lines Installation...
Injection Pump Supply Line Installation
Injection Pump Vent Line Installation
Fuel Lines Removal ......
Fuel Orain Manifoid Removal.
High Pressure Fuel Line Removal ......0000-0
Low Pressure Fuel Lines Removal. . .
Fuel Transfer Pump Installation . .
Fuel Transfer Pump Removal «0.0.0
Gear Housing Installation
Gear Housing Removal...
Injection Pump _ Installation
Injection Pumps Unlocking :
Locked Timed Injection Pump installation one e
Unlocked Bosch VE and P7100 Injection Pump Installation
Unlocked CAV Injection Pump. Installation..-m:.-.-
Unlocked Stanadyne DB4 Injection Pump installation....
Injection Pump Removal (In-Line).
Injgotion Pump Removal (Rotary Type Pumps).
Drive Gear Removal
Geer Lash Check...
Locking the Pump:
Injector Nozzles Installation ..
Injector Nozzles Removal..........
KSB (Remote Mounted) Instalfation ....
KSB (Remote Mounted) Removal
Lifting Bracket Removal Rear.
Lube Pump Installation...
Lube Pump Removal.
Measuring Backlash.
Manifold Cover Installation .....
‘Aitercooler installation...
Manifold Cover Removal
Aftercooler Removal.
Oil Draining...
Oil Cooler Installation...
Oil Cooter Removal
Oil Filter Installation...
Oil Pan Installation .....Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Oil Pan Sealing’ Surfaces Sealants
Oil Pan Removal.
Piston and Red Assemblies Installation
Piston and Conhecting Rod Assemblies Installation.
Piston Grading For 1984 Automotive Applications Only.
v
Piston and Rod Assemblies Removal
Push Rods - Installation ..
Push Rods Removal
Rear Seal Installation...
Rear Seal Housing Removal...
Rocker Levers Installation
Rocker Levers Removal...
Rollover Stand Engine Mounting
Rollover Stand Engine Removal
Side Oil Fill Installation
Side Oj Fill - Removal ..
Starter Instalfation......j..denn
Starter Removal
Steam Cleaning The Engine
Suction Tube installation
Suction Tube Removal
Tappet Cover Installation...
Tappet Cover Removat . 0-28
Thermostat Installation eines senses O408
Thermostat Removal... 7 0-12
Timing Pin Installation... . . cones O59
Timing Pin Housing Removal . 034
Turbocharger Installation... eee . 0-108
Turbocharger Removal . . 012
Turbocharger Drain Tube Removal... . 0-41
Valve Clearance Adjustment. 0-97
Valve Covers installation 0-100
Valve Covers Removal sevens 0°20
Valve Tappets Installation 0-42
Valve Tappets Removal... 0-32
Vibration Damper installation os O10”
. 0-10
Vibration Damper/Crankshatt Pulley Removal
Water Inlet Connection Installation...» z pone pocceneeescnees OTH
Water Inlet Connection Removal 0-29
Water Pump installation 0-90
Water Pump Removal 0 - 0-23Engine Disassembly and Assembly Section 0 Engine Disassembly and|Assembly Group 00
Page 0-4 B-Series Shop Manual
Engine Disassembly and Assembly
General Information
‘These procedures apply to all B Senas engines. The differences between engine models due to the application,
the optional equipment on an engine, and the year an engine was built are included in the instructions, Omit the
steps that do not apply to the engine being rebuilt.
Warning: A Warning statement is included for any component or assembly that weighs more than 23 kg [50 Ib],
To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance when removing or installing these parts.
Caution: All fasteners are specified in metric units. All fasteners have right-hand threads unless a Caution
states that a fastener has left-hand threads.
Disassembly
The instructions in this procedure are organized in a logical sequence to disassemble an éngine. This is not the
only sequence to disassemble an engine. Certain parts must be removed in the sequence indicated. Use this
sequence until you become familiar with the engine.
Discard all gaskets, seals, hoses, filters, and o-rings. Keep these parts if they are needed for a failure analysis,
Label, tag, or mark the parts for location as the parts are removed. This will help tdertify the parts that can be
involved in a failure and will simplify the assembly procedure. i
Label, tag, mark, or photograph all special equipment prior to the removal from an engine This engine assembly
procedure does not inciude the installation of special optional equipment.
Use a mallet when force is required ta remove certain parts. Make sure alt of the fasteners are removed before
using force.
Avoid as much dirt as possible during disassembly The accumulation of additional dirt will make it more difficult
to clean the components.
Assembly
This procedure assumes that all of the components and assemblies have been cleaned, replaced, or rebut and
are ready to be installed on the engine.
Torque values are listed in each step. If a torque value ts not specified, use the chart listed in the Specifications,
Group 18, to determine the correct torque value.
Many of the gasket’ and o-rings are manufactured from a material designed to absorb oil. These gaskets will
enlarge and provide.a tight seal after coming in contact with oil. Use ONLY a recommended contact adhesive or
a vegetable-based oil to install these parts.Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Service Tools
B Series Shop Manual
Page 0-5
Engine Disassembly and Assembly - Service Tools
The following special tools are recommended to perform procedures in Group 00. The use of these
tools is shown in the appropriate procedure, Thess tools can be purchased from your local Cummins
Authorized Repair Location.
Tool No. Too! Description Too! illustration
Fuel Pump Drive Gear Puller
3824469
Piston Ring Compressor
st-755
| Engine Barring Tool
3377371
Injector Bore Srush
3822509
ssz2309
Engine Rebuild Stand
SS
3375193 ~
3375194
sal or0a
Engine Rebulld Stand Adapter
sxroas aEngine Disassembly and Assembly Service Tools Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assemb!
Group 00
Page 0-6 B Series Shop Manual
Too! No. Teo! Description Too! itustration
Flexible Injector Puller
3823276
|
Dial Indicator & Sleeve Assembly
Use with Part No. ST 1325 Dial Gauge Attachment to measure|
3376080 _|{lvwhee! and flywheel housing runout.
2a
Ridge Reamer
(3823407
Mechanic's Tool Kit SS
3376593
Wear Sleeve Installation Tool
Used to install the rear crankshaft lubricating oil seal wear sleeve,
3824078 j
9824498
Oil Seal installation Tool
Used to install the froat crankshaft lubricating oil seal in the front
cover to a specified depth.SectionO Et Disassembly and Assembly Group 00 Engine Disassembly Check List
B Series Shop Manual Ny Crrage OT
Engine Disassembly Check List
The following 1s a checklist of recommended measurement to be made during disassembly to aid in determining
the reuse of certain parts.
1. Injection pump drive gear backlash 0.076 0.330 mm [0.003 0.013 in}
2. Camshaft gear backlash 0.076 0.330 mm {9.003 0.013 in}
(refer to page 0-26)
3. Lube pump gear backlash 0.076 0.389 mm [0.003 0.013 in}
(refer to page 0-28)
4, Lube pump idler gear backlash
(refer to page 0-29)
5. Balancer (Four Cylinder Only)
(Refer to page 0-30)
* Idler gear to crank gear backlash 0.088 0.420 mm [0.003 0.017 in]
* shaft gear to idler gear backlash 0.088 0.420 mm [0.003 0.017 in}
0.076 0.330 mm [0.003 0.013 in}
* shaft gear to shaft gear backlash
6. Camshaft End Play
7 Crankshaft End Play
0.153 0.355 mm [0.006 0.014 in}
0.12 0.34 mm [0.005 0.013 in]
0.102 0.432 mm [0.004 0.017 in]Engine Disassembly (0-1) Section 0 Engine Disassembly and!Assembly Group 00
Page 0-8 B Serves Shop Manual
= Engine Disassembly (0-1)
< Steam Cleaning The Engine (0-2)
NY 8, Warning: When using a steam cleaner, wear protective
SS Ab clothing and safety glasses or a face shield. Hot steam
can cause serious personal injury.
oO NOTE: Cover all engine openings and electrical compo-
nents. This will prevent water damage.
Steam clean the heavy dirt from the exterior of the engine.
= ee owsoond
Starter - Removal (0-3)
10 mm
Remove the starting motor.
Te | [| )
Engine Weight (0-4)
3822512 Engine Lifting Fixture
48 Engine (Wet) Weight: 325-350 Kg {715-770 Ib]
68 Engine (Wet) Weight: 410-440 Kg [910-970 tb]
Rollover Stand - Engine Mounting (0-5)
18 mm, 3375194 Engine Rebulld Stand, 3376975
Adapter Plate
Mount the engine on the rebuild stand.
Torque Value: 77Nem [57 tb}. |
Mounting Hardware:
M12 x 1.75
‘emsooxeSection 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00 Ol Draining (0-8)
B Senes Shop Manual Page 0-9
Oil - Draining (0-6)
17mm Rl
Remove the drain plug.
A drain pan with a capacity of 20 litres [S U.S. gallons] will Ra
be adequate.
Lifting Bracket Removal! - Rear (0-7)
48 mm
Remove the rear lifting brackot from the cylinder head
Drive Belt - Removal (0-8)
Applying excessive force to the tensioner in the opposite
direction of wind-up or after the tensioner has been
wound-up to the positive stop can cause the tensioner
arm to break,
Caution: Keep hands out of the path of the spring-loaded
tensioner.
1/2 inch oF 3/3 inch Square Drive
Release the tension and remove the drive belt. XQ]
Service Tip: Loosen the vibration damperlerankshatl and
fan hub pulley capscrews before removing the drive belt <9)Fan Pulley Removal (0-9)
Page od
ta9pu08
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
'B Series Shop Manual
Fan Pulley - Removal (0-9)
13 mm
R Remove the fan pulley and capscrews.
Vibration Damper/Crankshaft Pulley -
Removal (0-10)
2 15 mm
Remove the vibration damper or crankshaft pulley and
Re capscrews.
NOTE: Refer to Component Section 1 for the vibration
<= damper inspection procedure.
Belt Tensioner - Removal (0-11)
15 mm
Remove the belt tensioner from the bracket.
<4 NOTE: Refer to Component Section 8 for the belt tensioner
inspection procedure.
5mm Allen
Remove the tensioner bracket.
eBSection 0. Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Serres Shop Manual
Fan Hub - Removal (0-12)
40 mm ha]
Remove the fan hub.
NOTE: Refer to Component Section 8 for inspection of the Ro
fan hub
eS
Alternator - Removal (0-13)
13 mm
Remove the alternator link.
16 mm
Remove the alternator mounting capscrew and alternator.
13 mm.
Remove the alternator bracket
Fan Hub Removal (0-12)
Page 0-11Thermostat Removal (0-14)
Page 0-12
tnshems
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Thermostat - Removal (0-14)
10 mm
Remove the capscrews from the thermostat housing.
Be
Remove the thermostat housing, gasket, thermostat and
<9 lifting bracket,
ZX NOTE: Refer to Component Section 8 for inspection of the
thermostat.
‘Screwdriver
a If'so equipped, remove the aftercooler supply tube (1) and
Rs the coolant return tube (2).
9
Turbocharger - Removal (0-15)
416 mm and 19 mm
Remove the turbocharger oil supply line from the turbo-
ay) charger and oil filter head.Section 0 - Engine Disassembly and Assembly - Group 00 ‘Turbocharger - Removal (0-15)
Page 0-13
B Series Shop Manual
8 mm, Screwdriver
Remove the air crossover tube,
On Automotive engines, loosen the V-Band clamp and
hose clamp and remove the charge air cooler inlet tube.
10 mm
Disconnect the drain tube from the bottom of the
turbocharger.
Screwdriver
Remove the turbocharger drain line from the drain tube
in the cylinder blockExhaust Manifold Removal (0-16)
Page 0-14
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
'B Series Shop Manual
ary ‘On engines equiped with wastegated turbochargers, re-
move the wastegate intake air hose,
eg
15 mm
Remove the turbocharger mounting nuts, turbocharger
and gasket
NOTE: Inspection of the turbocharger 1s described in Com-
ponent Section 10,
Exhaust Manifold - Removal (0-16)
13 mm .
Remove the capscrews, exhaust manitold and gaskets.
NOTE: Inspection of the exhaust manifold is described in
Component Section 11
Fuel Filter - Removal (0-17)
75-80 mm, 90-95 mm Strap Wrenches
Remove the fuel filter(s).Section 0 - Engine Disassembly and Assembly - Group 00 Fuel Filter Head - Removal (0-18)
B Series Shop Manual Page 0-15
Fuel Filter Head - Removal (0-18)
24 mm
It equipped with a dual filter head, remove the nut, dual
filter head and o-ring. &Ra
i
Screwdriver
Remove fuel filter adapter and o-ring,
KSB (Remote Mounted) - Removal
(0-19)
Remove the KSB wiring harness.
10 mm
Remove the banjo screw securing the fuel transfer tube
to the low pressure fuel supply banjo screw.Fuel Lmes Removal (0-20)
Page 0-16
Section 0 - Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
11 mm and 15 mm
QQ) Remove the flex'hose from the KSB assembly. It is not
&Ra
Necessary to remove the flex hose from the injection
pump.
XQ] 10mm
Remove the KSB assembly from the intake manifold cover.
&Re
DP a
$e
Fuel Lines - Removal (0-20)
High Pressure Fuel Line - Removat (0-21)
14 mm, 17 mm Crowsfoot Wrench, 19 mm.
Crowsfoot Wrench
Caution: Hold te fuel pump delivery valves securely
when loosening the high pressurejlines on the rotary
pumps.
Remove the high pressure line fittings from the injection
pump.
17 mm, 19 mm
Remove the high pressure lines from the mjectors.
NOTE: Refer to Component Section 6 for {ual line inspectionSection 0. Engine Disassembly and Assembly Grou
B Senes Shop Manual
10mm
Remove tie manifold cover capscrews that secure th
high pressure ling support brackets.
Remove the high pressure lines as an assembly.
Cap or cover the injector openings.
12 mm and 13 mm
itso equipped, remove the air/fuel control tube and turbo-
charger wastegate line.
Fuel Drain Manifold - Removal (0-22)
10 mm
Remove the fuel drain manifold banjo fittings and sealing
washers from the injectors.
p00
. a)
Ge
Fuel Lines - Removal! (0-20)
Page 0-17Fuel Lines Removal (0-20)
8
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assemb!
{on
@Pw
Group 00
Series Shop Manual
17: mm and 10 mm
Rotary Fuel Pump
Remove the fuel drain manifold support brackets and
banjo fitting,
10 mm, 12 mm
In Line Fue! Pump
Remove the banjo capscrews and sealing washers at the
filter head. :
Remove the fue! line support bracket capscrew from the
Intake manifold.
Low Pressure Fuel Lines - Rémoval (0-23)
17mm
Disconnect the two banjo fittings at the filter head.
14 mm and 17 mm
Caution: Be sure the fuel transfer pump connection is
held securely when loosening the fuel line.
Loosen the nut and remove the fuel line from the lift pump.Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group
B Series Shop Manual
14 mm and 17 mm
Caution: Be sure the fuel pump connection is held se-
curely when loosening the supply line.
Remove the injection pump supply line.
Dipstick - Removal (0-24)
If equipped with a dipstick tube extension, remove the
dipstick and extension.
Manifold Cover - Removal (0-25)
10mm H
Remove the manifold cover, gasket and grid heater if
equipped.
Aftercooler - Removal (0-26)
10mm
If equipped, remove the aftercooler housing.
NOTE: Refer to Component Section 10 for the aftercooler
inspection procedure.
&
SE
Dipstick Removal (0-24)
Page 0-19
osokma
WS iValve Covers Removal (0-27)
Page 0-20
Section 0 Engine Disassembly andj Assembly Group 00
R
a
&
B Series Shop Manual
Valve Covers - Removal! (0-27)
15 mm
Remove the special capscrews, o-ring seals, valve covers
and gaskets.
Injector Nozzles - Removal (0-28)
Rust Penetrating Solvent
Caution: When rust has formed on the hold down nut,
the injector can turn in the bore when the nut ts loos-
ened. This will cause severe damage to the head by the
imyector locating ball cutting a groove in the bore.
‘Soak the hold down nut with a rust penetrating solvent for
a minimum of 3 minutes.
Brass Drift Pin, Hammer
Caution: Excessive force will damage the injector.
Tap the injector body with the hammer and drift pin to
loosen any rust.
24 mm Box Wrench, Adjustable Wrench
Hold the injector body with an adjustable wrench while
you loosen the hold down nut with a 24mm box wrenchSection 0. Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Sertes Shop Manual
Injector Puller 3823276 R]
Remove ths injectors. if the injector is extremely difficult
to remove, remove the injector o-ring and fill the bore
around the injector with a penetrating solvent. Attach the Ra
injector puller and pull the injector out as far as possible,
then use the injactor puller slide hammer to tap against
the puller nut and drive the injector into the bore. Re-
peating this procedure will allow the solvent to penetrate
{o the Injector tip and {oosen the carbon deposits on the
tip.
Refer to Component Section 6 for the injector test <>
procedures. Y
Rocker Levers Removal (0-29)
Page 0-21
[a
90
Rocker Levers.+ Removal (0-29)
14 mm, Screwdriver
Loosen the nuts on the rocker lever adjusting screws and
loosen screws until they stop.
13 mm, 18 mm
Remove the pedestal/head bolts from the rocker shaft
Pedestals and lift off.the pedestal and rocker lever as-
semblies,
NOTE: Refer to Component Section 3 for disassembly of the
rocker lever assemblies.
a)
Push Rods - Removal (0-30)
Remove the push:rods: &R
NOTE: Refer to Component Section 4 for the push rod in
spection procedure. =Cylinder Head.- Removal (0-31) Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00.
Page 0-22 |B Series Shop Manual
Cylinder Head - Removal (0-31)
[a] 18mm
Remove the remaining cylinder head capscrews in the
sequence shown.
Ge
Remove the cylinder head and gasket from the block,
Cylinder Head Weight:
4 Cylinder 36 Kg [80 Ib]
6 Cylinder 52 Kg [114 Ib]
NOTE: Disassembly of the heads described in Component
Section 2
Front Cover - Removal (0-32)
90-100 mm Strap Wrench
Remove the front cover access cap.
Service Tip: A strap type filter wrench can-be used to
loosen access caps that have been excessively tightened.
(ATE Om
10mm
Remove the front cover and gasket.Section 0. Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Senes Shop Manual
Hammer, Punch |
‘Support the seal area in the front cover and drive out the
seal.
Water Pump.- Removal (0-33)
13. mm
Remove the water pump and o-ring,
Refer to Component Section 8 for the water pump
inspection.
Flywheel - Removal (0-34)
18mm
Lock the crankshaft and remove the capscrews, washers a
and flywheel.
NOTE: Refer to Component Section 16 for flywheel
inspection.
eS
®
Flywheel Housing - Removal (0-35)
15 mm.
Remove the flywheel housing.
NOTE: Refer to Gomponent Section 16 for the flywheel Ga
housing inspection procedure.
=
‘Water Pump Removal (0-33)
Page 0-22Accessories Removal (0-38)
Page 0-24
eS 7”
edule
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
'B Series Shop Manual
Accessories - Removal (0-36)
10 mm, 14 mm, 18 mm
If equipped, remove all additional gear driven accesso-
ZJ_ nes, (air compressor, hydraulic pump, etc).
NOTE: Refer to the Manufacturer's Service Information for
repair instructions.
Injection Pump - Removal (Rotary Type
Pumps) (0-37)
2 13mm
Caution; A diesel engine cannot tolerate dirt or water in
A, the fuel system. tiny piece of dirt or a few drops of
water in the injection system can cause damage to the
system.
SM Ciean all external surfaces of the injection pump, includ-
sng all line connections and fittings that are to be discon-
nected, Clean the area around the injection pump gear
OR cover to prevent dirt from entering the crankcase.
Remove the mjection pump support bracket and
capscrews.
Gear Lash - Check (0-38)
@) Position an indicator on the tooth of the injection pump
drive gear.
Note the total indicator travel as injection pump drive gear
backlash, Mark the pump drive gear'and camshaft gear
for further analysis if the backlash exceeds the limits.
Injeation Pump Drive Ge
u
Backlash Limit (A)
mm. in
0.076 MIN 0.003
0.330 MAX 0.013
NOTE: Prevent movement of adjoining gear when checking
backlash or the reading will be the total of both gears.Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group Gdjectlon Pump Removal (Rotary Type Pum
B Series Shop Manual
Locking the Pump (0-33)
Locate TDG for Cylinder Number 1 by slowly barring the
engine while pushing in on TDC pin.
BE SURE TO DISENGAGE THE PIN AFTER LOCATING
TDC.
44mm
Loosen the CAV injection pump lockserew, position the
special washer with the small opening showing, then
tighten the lockscrew against the pump drive shaft
Torque Value: 7 Nem [5 fttb]
3/8 inch
Loosen the lockscrew for the Stanadyne DB4 fuel injec
tion pump. Position the special washer behind the lack
screen head. Tighten the lockscrew.
10 mm
The special washer on the Bosch injection pump must be
removed so the lockscrew can be tightened against the
drive shaft,
NOTE: Before removing the Bosch pump, the pump must be
locked with the No. 1 Cylinder in TDC position.
Torque Value: 30.Nem [22 ftb).
Wire the special washer to the Bosch pump.
'$) (0-37)
ge 0-25
Q)
®Injection Pump Removal (In-Line) (0-41)
Page 0-26
wotgeme
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Senes Shop. Manual
Drive Gear - Removal! (0-40),
22 mm
Caution: Hold the crankshaft to prevent the rotation of
the locked injection pump.
Remove the mounting nut and lock washer from thepump
drive shaft.
75 mm T-Bar Puller or Fuel Pump Drive Gear Puller
Part No, 3824469
Pull the pump drive gear loose from the drive shaft.
The puller hole threads are MB X 4.25.
13 mm
Remove the three mounting nuts. Remove the myection
pump.
NOTE: Refer to the applicable Manutacturer’s Service In-
structions forinjection pump testing/repair. Minor repairs are
described in Component Section 5.
Injection Pump - Removal (In-Line)
(0-41)
Caution: A diesel engine cannot tolerate dirt or water in
the fuel system. A tiny piece of dirt or a few drops of
water in the injection system can cause damage to the
system.
Clean all external surfaces of the injection pump, includ-
ing all line connections and fittings that are to be discon
nected. Clean the area around the injection pump gear
cover to prevent dirt from entering the crankcase.Section 0. Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Preparatory Steps:
‘+ Rerhove all fuel lines.
* Remove the contro! linkage.
‘+ Remove the fuel shutoff solenoid.
* Remove the fuel filter.
+ Remove the {uel pump support bracket.
14 and 15 mm Ri]
Disconnect the lubricating oil supply line from the fuel
pump.
Disconnect the lubricating oil supply line from the engine 0
block.
9377371 Barring Tool RI
Make sure the crankshaft has No, 1 cylinder at Top Dead
Center (TDC).
Rotate the engine until the timing pin engages.
Be sure to disengage the pin after locating TOC.
22mm Q]
Remove the nut and washer from the fuel pump shat.
Injection Pump Removal (In-Line) (0-41)
Page 0-27
spopemsFuel Transter Pump Removal (0-44)
Page 0-28
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assomb| Group 00
jeries Shop Manual
‘Two MB x 1.25 Capscrews, 75 mm T-Bar, or Fuel
Pump Drive Gear Puller 3824468
Ra Pull the pump gear from the drive shaft.
4
7 ts mm
QR
Fuel Transfer Pump - Removal (0-44)
I] 10mm
Remove the fuel transfer pump, spacer, and gaskats.
9 NOTE: Refer to Component Section 6 for fuel transfer pump
test procedures.
729000
Tappet Cover - Removal (0-45)
10 mm
R Remove the tappet cover and gasketSection 0_ Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Senes Shop Manual
Side Oil Fill - Removal (0-46)
18mm
If present, remove the capscrews, side oil fill assembly
and rectangular ring seal. Some engines may have an air
compressor oil drain connection attached at this location.
Remove the connection and rectangular ring seal.
Oil Cooler - Removal (0-47)
90-95 mm [3-1/2 to 3 7/8 in] Filter Wrench
Remove the oil filter.
10 mm
Remove all the capscrews, oil cooler cover, cover gasket,
oil cooler and cooler gasket
NOTE: Refer to Component Section 7 for inspection
procedures.
Water Inlet Connection - Removal
(0-48)
13. mm
Remove the water inlet connection and rectangular ring
Seal,
3)
&R
R)
Be
Side Olt Fill Removal (0-46)
Page 0-28Oil Pan Removal (0-48)
Page 0-30
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly “Group 00
B Senes Shop Manual
Oil Pan - Removal (0-49)
40 mm
Rotate the engine on the stand and cemove the oil pan
and gasket.
Suction Tube - Removal (0-50)
10 mm
Remove the suction tube and gasket.
NOTE: Refer to Component Section 7 for the suction tube
inspection procedure.
Rear Seal Housing - Removal (0-51)
8mm
& Remove the rear seal housing and|gasket.
Support the seal area of the rear seal housing and press/
Ro drive out the seal.Section 0_Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Senes Shop Manual
Camshaft - Removal (0-52)
Measuring Gear Lash (0-53)
Position an indicator on a tooth of the camshaft gear.
NOTE: The cylinder block position shown in the illustration
1s for clarity. The cylinder block must be positioned with the
crankshaft on top to keep the tappets in the bores.
Note the camshaft gear backlash, Mark the camshatt
gear and crankshatt gear for further analysis if backlash
exceeds limits.
‘Camshaft Gear Backlash Limit (A)
mm in
0.076 MIN 0.003
0.330 MAX 0.013
NOTE: Prevent movement of adjoining gear when checking
backlash or the reading will be the tolal of both gears.
Rotate the crankshaft to approximately the YDC position
for number one cylinder. Failure to do so will result in the
camshaft catching on the connecting rads during cam-
shaft removal.
NOTE: The oylinder block is shown in an upright position in
the illustration for clarity.
13mm
Remove the thrust plate capscrews.
®
Camshaft Removal (0-52)
Page 0-31
(oy
{cosetValve Tappets Removal (0-54) Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
Page 0-32 B Series Shop Manual
Visually inspect the tappets fo make sure they are off the
block. Take care not to drop the thrust washer.
Service Tip: Rotate the camshaft while pulling outward
‘SE with a steady pressure dunng removal.
NOTE: Reter to Component Section 1 for disassembly and
inspection,
R Remove the camshait and thrust plate from the cylinder
Valve Tappets - Removal (0-54)
Ry Flemove the valve tappets. The engine can be rotated to
allow easy access to the tappets.
<@E NOTE: Roler to Component Section 4 for inspection
proceures.
Lube Pump - Removal (0:55)
Measuring Backlash (0-56)
Position the indicator on a tooth of the lube pump gear.
‘9018Section 0__ Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Note the lube pump gear backlash. Mark the lube pump
gear and idler geas for additional analysis if the limits are
exceeded.
Lube Pump Gear Backlash Limits (A)
mm. m
0.076 MIN 0.003
0.330 MAX 0.013
NOTE: Prevent movernent of the adjoining gear when check:
\fig backlash or the reading, will be the total of both gears.
Position the indicator on a tooth of the lube pump idler
gear.
Note the idler gear backlash. Mark the idler gear and
crankshaft gear for additional analysis if the limits are
exceeded.
Lube Pump Idler Gear Backlash Limit (A)
mm in.
0.076 MIN 0.003
0.330 MAX 0.013,
NOTE: Prevent movement of the adjoining gear when check-
Ing backlash or the reading will be the total of both gears.
13 mm
Remove the lube pump.
NOTE: Refer to Component Section 7 for inspection
Lube Pump Removal (0-55)
Page 0-33
‘pepe
pagedTiming Pin Housing Removal (0-57)
P: 1-34
onscont
Sectlon 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Timing Pin Housing - Removal (0-57)
T25 Torn
Remove the timing pin assembly.
Gear Housing - Removal (0-58)
10 mm
Remove the capscrews, gear housing and gasket.
Plastic Hammer
The gear housing is positioned ‘onto the cylinder block
with two dowel pins. Tap in the area of the dowel pins with
aplastic hammer if difficulty 1s encountered removing the
housing.Section.0. Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00 Batancer Removal (0-59)
B Series Shop Manual Page 0-35
Balancer - Removal (0-59)
Measuning Backlash (0-60)
Use an indicator to measure the backlash of the idler gear
(A) upper shaft gear (8) and lower shaft gear (C)
NOTE: Prevent movernent ofthe adjomning gear whencheck- ams,
ing backlash or the reading will be the total of both gears.
Balancer Gear Backlash
m
0.088 MIN 0.003
0.420 MAX 0.017
Upper (B) to (A). «0.153. MIN 0.008
Idler (A) to (0)
Shaft 0355 MAX 0.014
Lower (C)10(8)-«0.088_=— MIN 0.003
Shaft 0.420 © MAX — 0.017
Record for use during inspection. Refer to Component
Section 1 for disassembly and rebulld instructions.
Measuring the End Play (0-61)
Use an indicator to measure the end play of the idler gear
(D) and shaft (E).
Balancer End Play
mm
© 0.130 MIN 0.005
0.630 MAX 0.024
«) 0.075 MIN 0,003
0.175 MAX 0.007
Record for use during inspection. Refer to Component
Section 1 for disassembly and rebuilt instructions
Locking the Balancer (0-62)
Rotate the balancer gears until the timing marks are
aligned.Balancer Removal (0-59)
Page 0-36
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
psf the balancer shaft has a tapped hole, the shaft can be
(SS iccked in position by temporarily installing a M8 capscrew
through the housing and into the shaft.
4.5 mm Allen, 1 inch Wide Mashing Tape
Follow this procedure if the shaft does not have a tapped
hole.
Wrap the 4.5mm allen wrench with masking'tape until it
‘has a snug fit in the hole in the balancer housing
‘A = Approximately 10mm [0.4 inch]
B = 10mm [0.4 Inch)
Removing the Balancer (0-63)
8 mm Allen
Loosen the socket head capscrews for the balancer idler
gear retainer. DO NOT REMOVE THE CAPSCREWS.
R Remove the No. 1 and No. 4 main bearing capscrews.Section 0_ Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Sertes Shop Manual
disengages the slot in the retainer. Remove the balancer
Move the idler retainer until the pin in the No. 1 cap Gea
assembly.
Piston and Rod Assemblies - Removal
(0-64)
Mark each rod cap according to cylinder.
Rotate the engine on the rebuild stand so the cylinder
bores ere in a horizontal position.
Rotate the crankshaft so the pistons are below the carbon
deposits above the ring travel area,
Use a scraper or a blunt edged instrument to loosen the
carbon deposits. Do not damage the cylinder with the
scraper.
Piston and Rod Assemblies Removal (0-64)
Page 0-37Piston and Rod Assemblies Removal (0-64)
Page 0-38
A
a
0
on
piseoae
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group-00
10}
B Series Shop Manual
Remove the remaining carbon with a Scotch-Brite® clean-
ing pad or equivalent.
Warning: To prevent serious eye dama;
tection during this operation.
An alternative method to remove the carbon ridge 1s to
use a high quality stee! wire wheel installed in a drill or die
grinder,
NOTE: An inferior quality ware wheel will lose steel bristles
during operation, thus causing additional coritamination.
wear eye pro-
Do not use the steel wire wheel in the piston travel
area. Operate the wheel ina circular motion to remove
the deposits.
Ridge Reamer
If required, cut the ridge trom the top of the cylinders.
Make sure ridge reamer does not gouge into the cyl-
inder bore or remove more metal than needed.
Mark each piston with the cylinder number.
During assembly, the piston must be installed into the
corresponding cylinder number..Section 0. Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Senes Shop Manual
12mm [2]
Remove the capscrews, rod cap and rod bearings.
Mark the cylinder number on the back side of the rod (Yq
bearings.
Catch the piston with one hand while pushing the rod and
piston assembly out of cylinder bore. Care must be taken xd
not to mutilate the connecting rod or bearing.
NOTE: Disassembly o the pistonirod assembly sdescrivead
in Component Section 1
Crankshaft Removal (0-65)
Page 0-39
Crankshaft -. Removal (0-65)
23 mm,
Rotate the engine to a horizontal position so the main
bearing caps are accessible. Remove the capscrews from &88
the main bearing caps.
The main caps should be numbered. ff they are not, markCrankshaft Removal (0-65)
Page 0-40-
Gee
keg00mb
Ge
B
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembt
ly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Remove the main bearing caps.
Do not pry on the matin caps to free them from the cylinder
block.
Use two of the marn cap bolts to “wiggle” the main cap
loose, being careful not to damage the bolt threads.
Crankshaft Weight:
4 Cylinder 36 Kg {80 Ib}
6 Cylinder 55 Kg [123 (b]
Lift the crankshaft and gear from the cylinder block.
NOTE: Refer to Gamponent Section 1 for disassembly and
inspection.
Remove the main bearings from the cylinder block and
the main caps.
3/16 Inch Pin Punch
Remove the piston cooling nozzles.Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Senes Shop Manual
Install the main caps in their corresponding positions. ly,
When correctly installed, the tangs (slots) should both be
on the same side,
NOTE: #1 1s to the front of the block.
Turbocharger Drain Tube - Removal
(0-66)
3/4 Inch Drift & Hammer
Onve the drain tube out from the inside of the cylinder
block
&
Cylinder Block - Removing From the
Rollover Stand (0-67)
18mm
Remove the cylinder block from the rollover stand,
NOTE: Refer to Component Section 1 for cleaning and in-
spection of the cylinder block.
4B Cylinder Block Weight:
6B Cylinder Block Weight:
[a]
Re
Ss
®
91 Kg [201 Ib}
124 Kg [275 Ib]
Engine Assembly (0-68)
Cylinder Block - Prepare for Assembly
(0-69)
Install the cylinder block to the rotlover stand.
NOTE: Make surethe cylinder block has been cleaned and
inspected as described in Component Section 1
Turbocharger Drain Tube Removal (0-66)
Page 0-4Valve Tappets Installation (0-70) Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly-- Group 00
Page 0-42 'B Series Shop Manuai
A Caution: Be sure the cylinder bores are clean.
Valve Tappets - Installation (0-70)
Lubricate the tappets with Lubriplate 105®
7 7 Gif Install the valve tappets.
peeyl|*
| ©
/ Qy, d
po
LISI NT bool
Crankshaft - Installation (0-71)
| 23 mm
Remove the main bearing-caps.
@
smpsaoneB Series Shop Manual
Page 0.
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly. Group 00 Crankshaft Installation (0-7)
1/2 Center Punch
Install piston cooling nozzles even with or below the bear-
ing saddle surface.
Cautlon: Be sure spray holes are clean and open.
Install the upper main bearings.
Make sure the bearing tangs are in the notch in the bear-
Ing saddle.
Install the combination thrust and main bearing in the
second journal from the rear.
apCrankshaft Installation (0-71) Section 0 Engine Disassembly and ‘Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Page 0-44
Lubricate the bearings with Lubriplate 105%
Caution: Carefully install ‘the crankshatt to avoid dam-
AX. agetotnecrantshattmain bearings, especially the thrust
main bearing.
ee Install the crankshaft.
Crankshaft Weight:
4 Cylinder 36 Kg (80 Ib]
6 Cylinder 55 Kg [123 1b} '
Make sure the ring dowels have been installed into the
caps.
Install the lower main bearings into the caps.
Lubricate the bearings with Lubnplate 105°
Make sure the bearing tangs are installed in the notch in
the bearing cap.Section 0 - Engine Disassembly and Assembly - Group 00 Crankshatt - installation (0-71)
B Serles Shop Manual
The main bearing caps are numbered for location. Num-
ber 1 starts with the front of the block, and the numbers,
face the oil cooler side of the engine.
Position the main bearings and caps.
Lubricate the main bearing capscrew threads and un-
derside of the head with clean engine oil
23 mm
Tighten the capscrews evenly following the illustrated
sequence.
NOTE: When the engine is equipped with a balancer the
main bearing caps cannot be torqued until the piston and rod
assemblies are installed. Itis also necessary to establish Top
Dead Center before the balances can be installed. If a bal-
ancer is tobe installed at a later procedure install and tighten
No. 2, 3, and § main bearing capscrews until the main
bearing caps are seated and proceed to procedure (0-72)
Page 0-45
meso0sh
6
900mCrankshaft Installation (0-71)
Page 0-46
%\
)
CGA
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Follow these steps to tighten the capscrews.
Step Torque Value
1 &O Nem [ 44 fib]
2 119 Nem { 88 ftb]
3 176 Nem [130 ft-io}
The crankshaft must rotate freely.
‘Check the bearing installations and the size of the bear-
Ings if the crankshaft does not ratate freely.
Position a dial indicator to measure crankshaft end play.
‘The dimensions of the thrust bearing and crankshatt
journal determine end play.
Measure the end play.
Crankshaft End Play Limits (A)
mm n
0.102 MIN 0.004
0.432 MAX 0.017Section 0, Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00 Piston and Rod Assemblies Installation (0-72)
B Series Shop Manual Page 0-4;
Piston and Rod Assemblies - Installa-
tion (0-72)
Rotate the engine on the stand until the crankshaft 1s
vertical,
NOTE: If the engine 1s rotated more than 90 degrees, the
tappets will fall out.
Piston Grading.For 1994 Automotive Applica-
tions Only
‘When rebuilding an engine with the onginal cylinder block,
crankshaft, and pistons, make sure the pistons are in-
stalled in the onginal cylinder. If replacing the piston(s),
make sure the replacement piston(s) are the same grade
as the original piston. Ifa new cylinder block or crankshaft
1s used, the piston grading procedure must be performed
to determine the proper piston grade for each cylinder.
Install the connecting rod/piston assembly into the No.1 jp
cylinder without the rings installed. Make sure the word as
“Front’’ on the top of the piston 1s toward the front of the
cylinder block.
NOTE: The connecting rod bearing shells must be installed
1m the original connecting rod and cap.
Install the upper bearing shell in the connecting rod with
the tang of the bearing in the slot of the connecting rod.
Use clean lubricating oil to coat the inside diameter of the
connecting rod bearing shell.Piston and Rod Assembli
Page 0-48
Installation (0-72)
‘exabonn
Section 0 - Engine
Rl
R)
isassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Install the bearing shell in the connecting rod cap with the
tang of the bearing in the slot to the cap.
Use clean lubricating oll to coat the inside diameter of the
bearing shell
The four digit number stamped on the connecting rod and
cap at the parting line must match and be installed on the
oil cooler side of the engine.
Install the connecting rod cap and capscrews to the con-
necting rod.
12 mm, Torque Wrench
Tighten the two capscrews.
Torque Value: 35 Nen (26 fb]
3823495 Dial Indicator
Uso a fine grit stone to remove any burrs from the cylinder
block head deck.
Zero “0” the dial indicator to the cylinder block head
deck.Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Move the dial indicator over the piston directly over the
piston pin to eliminate any side-to-side movement. Do not,
place the indicator tip on the anodized area.
Rotate the crankshaft to top dead center (TDC). Rotate
the crankshaft clockwise and counterclockwise to find the
highest dial indicator reading.
Record the reading.
Remove the piston/connecting rod assembly from the No.
1 cylinder and install the assembly into the No. 2 cylinder. &Ra
Repeat the procedure for every cylinder using the same
piston/connecting rod assembly.
Determine the grade of the piston being used by referring
to the chart.
Four digits on top of the piston are the last four digits of
the part number,
Piston and Rod Assemblies - Installation (0-72)
Page 0-4:
Eee 038 [71m 8S
ee 028 Leoben PLEne
=a
pigoogePiston and Rod Assembiles Installation (0-72) Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
Page 0-50 B Series Shop Manual
PISTON PROTRUSION
MEASURING MEASURED USE PART NUMBER
PISTON PROTRUSION GRADE 160/175 190/230
A (024-.028 (609mm-71imm) | A 3922571 3922577
A -020-.024 (,508mm-.608mm) 8 3922572 3922578
A 016-.020 (.406rm-.508mm) | Cc 3922573 3922579
B (028-.032 (.711mm-.813mm) A ‘3922571 (3922577
B (024-,028 (.609mm-.71imm) 8 3022572 3022578
8 (020-.024 (.508mm-.609mm) c 3922573 3922579
c (082-.036 (813mm-.914mm) A 3922571 3922577
c (028-.032 (.71imm-.813mm) B 9922572 3922578
c 24-.026 (.609mm-.711mm) c 3922573 3922579
‘The specification for Piston Protrusion 1s 0.024 to 0.028 inch for emission controlled engines built after 1-1-94.
Piston and Connecting Rod Assemblies -
Installation
Install the bearrng shells into both the rod and the cap.
Make sure the tang on the bearing shells 1s in the slot of
the cap and rod.
Lubricate the rod bearings with a light film of Lubriplate
105°Section 0, Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00 Piston and Rod Assemblies Installation (0-72)
ge 0-51
B Series Shop Manual
Lubnicate the rings and piston skirts with clean engine oil.
Position the rings, aN
NOTE: Referto componentsection 01 forinstalltionofnings "&js7
on pistons.
75-- 125 mm [3-5 inch] ring compressor RI
make
9 @ strap type ring compressor,
end of the strap does not hook on a ring
gap and break the ring.
‘Compress the rings.
Lubricate the cylinder bore with clean engine oil.
piariny
piotanPiston arid Rod Assembles - Installation (0-72)
Page 0-52
exscewo
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
'B Series Shop Manual
Position the rod journal for the piston to be installed to
bottom dead center (BDC).
Caution: Take care not to damage the cylinder wall when
AX inserting the connecting rod.
> _ Position the piston and rod assembly into cylinder bore
C&S _ with the word “front’’ on piston towards the front of the
Apply Loctite 205 to the capscrews,
eS
QP Torque Value: 24.Nem [18 ft-lb]
Caution: Make sure the correct pump ts installed. The 4
cylinder pump and 6 cylinder pump are not interchange-
able.
A = Four cylinder gerotor size
12.947mm [0.516 inch]
B = Six cylinder gerotor size
17.947mm [9.715 inch}Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00 Lube Pump Installation (0-74)
B Series Shop Manual Page 0-55
Lube Pump - Installation (0-74)
Lubricate the pump with clean engine oll De
Caution: Fill the,lube pump before installation to aid
with priming during engine start up,
tm
The idler gear pin fits nto a locating bore in the cyl-
inder block.
install the lube pump,
cylinder block and the capscrews should not draw the
The sealing plate on the back of the pump will seat on the
flange up to the block. WW
tp9owe|
13 mm
Torque Value: 24Nem (18 ft-lb]Camshaft Installation (0-75)
Page 0-56
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Caution: Be sure the gear backlash is correct If install-
ing 8 new pump.
Use a dial indicator to measure gear backlash.
Measure gear backlash.
ash cits
A B
0,08 to 0,33 mm 9.08 to 0.33 mm
[.003 to .613 in} (003 to .013 in}
NOTE: Prevent movement of adjoining gears when checking
backlash or the reading will be the total of both gears.
Camshaft - Installation (0-75)
Rotate the crankshaft until the number one cylinder is
approximately at the TDC position. When properly posi-
tioned, the crankshaft gear alignment pin will be post-
tioned'in the 12 o'clock position.
NOTE: If the crankshatt is not properly positioned, the cam-
shaft may contact the connecting rods during installation.
Lubricate the camshaft bores with Lubniplate.
NOTE: If cam bushing has not been installed, refer to Com-
[MooneBalancer Installation (0-78)
Page 0-62
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
10 mm, 15 mm.
Caution: Be sure timing pin s disengaged before rotat-
ing the engine.
A Remove the crankshaft pulley and wire pointer
Re
Balancer - installation (0-79)
23 mm
Rotate the cylinder block on the relaxed stand until the
crankshaft 1s positioned al the top and parallel to the floor.
The number 1 and number 4 main bearing capscrews
must be removed to install the balancer.
Rotate the crankshaft until No. 1 piston is at Top Dead
Center. The engine must have a cylinder at TOC for
correct gear teeth alignment when the balancer is
installed.
Rotate the balancer gears until the timing marks are
aligned. The balancer must be kept in thts position for
cortect installation on the engine.Section 0 - Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group ‘00 Balancer Installation (0-79)
B Sertes Shop Manual Page 0-63
locked in position by temporarily installing a M8 capscrew
through the housing and into the shaft, MLO
13 mm RB
If the balancer shaft has a tapped hole, the shaft can be a] ce
Caution: Make sure the idler gear retainer capscrews are
4.5 mm Allen, 1 inch Wide Masking Tape R]
loose. A
Follow this procedure if the shaft does not have a tapped
hole.
Wrap the-4.5mm allen wrench with masking tape until it
has a snug fit in the hole in the balancer housing
A = Approximately 10mm (0.4 inch]
B = 10mm [0.4 inch]
Position the locked balancer assembly onto the main
bearing caps. The assembly must be located squarely
with the alignment ears against the side of the caps.
Align the slot in the Ider gear retainer with the locating pin
in the main bearing cap. Slide the balancer into position.Balancer _ Installation (0-79) Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
8 Series Shop Manual
Page 0-64
The idler gear can be slightly rotated to help in alignment.
Lubricate the main bearing capscrew threads and the
underside of the capscrew heads with clean engine oil.
it the capscrews do not install freely, check to be sure the
engine has a piston at TDC.
QI ne
Tighten the capscrews evenly and foliow the Iiustrated
® sequence.
[88 ft-lb]
176 Nem [130 ft-lb)
wnSection 0. Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Senes Shop Manual
Remove the locking capscrew or allen wrench from the
balancer. GRe
8mm Allen
Tighten the idler gear retainer capscrews.
Torque Value: 57 Nem [42 ft-lb]
Measure the idler gear backlash
Backlash
mm mn
0.088 MIN [0.003]
0.420 MAX {0.017}
if the idier gear does not meet the specifications, loosen
the idlar gear retainer capscrews. Reposition the idler
gear and tighten the capscrews.
Torque Value: 57 Nem [42 flo)
The Crankshaft Must Rotate Freely
If the crankshaft does not rotate freely, make sure the
balancer does not have an interferance,
Balancer
Installation (0-79)
Page 0-65Crankshaft End Play Measuring (0-80)
Page, 0-66
e900
9000
Section 0 Engine.Disassembly and.Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Crankshaft End Play - Measuring (0-80)
Use a dial indicator to measure the crankshaft end play.
Crankshaft End Play Limits
mm in
0.102 MIN 0.004
0.432 MAX 0.017
Rear Seal - Installation (0-81)
inspect the crankshaft flange and rear cover for dirt and
damage. Use a cleaning pad, Part No. 3823258, to re-
move ditt or rust deposits. Wipe the crankshatt ‘lange dry.
fs Install the reat cover and gasket. Do not tighten the
ep capscrews to the correct torque value at t's time.
Gas, The replacement rear seal has a pllottoo! installed. Do not
Sfp remove the pilot tool at this time.Section 0. Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
8 Series Shop Manual
Apply a mild soap to the rubber outside diameter of the
oil seal.
Use the alignment and installation tool packaged in the ly
seal kit. Drive the seal into the housing until the driver (245
bottoms.
NOTE: Alternately, drive the seal at the 12, 3, 6 and 8 o'clock
positions to mstall the seal square to the crankshaft flange.
Make sure the Seal housing'is level with both sides of the
‘cylinder block oil pan rail. Tighten the rear cover
capscrews.
Torque Value: 7 Nem [80 in-Ib}
Remove the seal pilot tool. Trim the gaskets even with the.
oil pan mounting surface.
Suction Tube - Installation (0-82)
Position the suction tube and gasket on the cylinder block. >
Suction Tube Installation (0-82)
Page 0-67
sess00Cll Pan _ Installation (0-83) Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
Page 0-68
B Series Shop Manual
10 mm, 13 mm
Tighten the oil suction tube and brace capscrews.
8 Torque Value: 24Nem [18 ft-lb)
Oil Pan - Installation (0-83)
Oil Pan Sealing Surfaces - Sealants
Gifs, Use Three Bond 1207-G® to fill the joints between the pan
EB ait gear housing and rear cover.
10. mm
Assemble the oil pan and capscrews as illustrated.
Gls Torque Value: 24Nem [18 ft-lb}
Ky] 17mm
2 Install the drain plug and a new sealing washer.
-———-| EB Torque Value: 80 Nem {59 f15)
Re
Z
oopsSection 0 Engine;Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
8 Series Shop Manual
Oil Cooler - Installation (0-84)
Caution: fa new element.is to be installed, be sure to A
remove the shipping plugs.
Insert two capscrews through the oil cooler cover. Pack:
age the cooler cover gasket, oil cooler, oil cooler gasket
and oil cooler cover.
10 mm
Install the “package” on the cylinder block.
Torque Value: 24Nem [18 fb}
Side Oil Fill - Installation (0-85)
15mm
If the engine 1s so equipped, install the side oil fill as-
sembly and o-ring
Torque Value: 43.Nem [32 ft-lo]
Fuel Transfer Pump - Installation (0-86)
Caution: When installing piston style transfer pumps,
alternately tighten the mounting capscrews. As the
capscrews are tightened, the transfer pump plunger 1s. A
Pushed into the pump. Failure to tighten the capscrews
in an even manner can result in the plunger being bent
or broken.
\nstall the fuel transfer pump, gaskets and spacer if using
@ piston style pump.
Torque Value: 24 Nem [38 iti}
Oil Cooler Installation (0-84)
Page 0-62Teppet Cover Installation (0-87) Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
Page 0-70 B Series Shop Manual
Tappet Cover - Installation (0-87)
Gis Install the tappet cover gasket.
gna
‘The tappet cover gasket must be installed on the cover as
shown in the illustration.
ps, Install the tappet cover and batlle with the illustrated
‘mounting capscrews and rubber seals. The remaining
capscrews and rubber seals will be installed later with the
fuel drain line.
R] 10 mm
Torque Value: 24Nem [18 ft-lb]
8 1Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00 Injection Pump Installation (0-88)
B Senes Shop Manual Page 0-
Injection Pump - Installation (0-88)
Install the injection pump gasket. The Nippondenso EPS.
and the Bosch P7100 injection pump use a seating o-ring (yp
instead of a sealing gasket. Make sure the o-ring 1s po-
sitioned properly and not damaged. Lubricate with clean
engine oil.
jeotion pump shafts. The Nippondenso EP9 and the Bosch
Install the key in the keyway of the Bosch and CAV in- ee
P7100 pumps do not require a key. ay
Service Tip: To prevent the key from falling out of the
keyway in the shaft, use a small punch to swell one side
of the key. When adequately expanded, it should require
a hammer to lightly tap the key into positon in the keyway.
Locate top dead center (TDC) for Cylinder Number 1 by
barring the engine while pushing in on the engme timing
Pin until it engages,Instaltation (0-88)
Injection Pump
Page 0-72
ap
Cp
t Sib Srigenss Centavoeanmy Micccomet
SRE Reomanchey meena cm
2009s
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly - Group 00
'B Senes Shop Manual
The injection pump drive geat has a tapered bore,
Orient the wide end of the taper toward the engine
{timing marks away). The drive gear for the Nip-
pondenso EP9 and the Bosch P7100 pump does not
have timing marks and must be positioned using the
tapered bore as a reference.
This table must be used to make sure of proper fuel
injection pump-to-engine timing. The critical parts list
(CPL) number from the engine data plate and the Control
Parts List Manual (Bulletin No. 3379133-20) must be used
to determina whether or not the engine is certified, and
if so, what year and regulating agency (EPA or CARB).
Given this information, use the table to determine which
{etter on the fuel injection pump drive gear ts atigned with
the camshaft gear.
Align the timing marks and set the gear into the housing.
No timing mark alignments required for the Nippondenso
EP9, or Bosch Inline fuel pumps.
Locked Timed Injection Punip - Installation
(0-89)
Install the pump. Make sure the key doesn't fall into the
gear housing.
NOTE: The keyway in the shaft of new and reconditioned
pumps will be locked in a position corresponding to the
keyway in the drive gear when cylinder number 1 1s at TOC.
If the Bosch, Stanadyne or CAV pump was not locked in
this position before removal and a timing tool, Part No.
3377259, |s not available for the Bosch pump, refer to
installing an unlocked pump, procedures (0-91 and 0-92),
Refer to-Section § for the Nippondenso EP9 and Bosch
Inline tirinn neneaduceSection 0 - Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Sertes Shop Manual
Attach the pump by finger tightening the mounting nuts.
The pump must be free to move.
22mm
Install the drive gear mounting nut and spring washer.
The pump can rotate slightly due to gear helix and clear-
ance. This is acceptable providing the pump is free to
move on the flange slots and the crankshaft does not
move.
Torque Value: 15. Nem [11 fb}
This 1s not the final torque. The drive shaft nut will be
torqued to the final specification after the pump 15
unlocked,
13 mm or 15 mm
Rotate the pump to align the scribe marks and tighten the
mounting nuts. The Nippondenso EP9 and Bosch inline
do not have alignment marks.
Torque Value
Nippondenso EPS “3 Nem [oe fib
Bosch P7100 43 Nem [32 ftb}
Lucas CAV, Stanadyne, Bosch VE 30 Nem [22 ft-lb]
Mfanew or rebuilt Stanadyne, Bosch or CAV pump without
scribe marks 1s being installed, take up the gear lash by
rotating the pump against the direction of drive rotation.
Make sure the engine is at TDC.
Tighten the pump retaining nuts.
Torque Value: 24.Nem [18 ftib]
gs
QI]
©
Injection Pump Installation (5-68)
Page 0-7Injection Pump - Installation (0-88)
Page 0-74
i)
—
ed
2
feowano
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assemb!
Group 00
8 Series Shop Manual
Injection Pumps - Unlocking (0-90)
14mm
Loosen the Stanadyne and CAV pump lockscrew and
position the special washer with the large opening show-
Ing behind the lockscrew head.
20 Nem [16 ft-b] (CAV)
Torque Value:
12Nem { Sftlb] (Stanadyne)
8 mm Allen or 10 mm Hex
The special washer for the Bosch pump is wired to the
pump and must be installed under the lockscrew.
Tighten the pump lockscrew.
Torque Value: 13. Nem [10 ft-lb]
34mm
‘The Nippondenso EPS has a plastic timing pin and spring
which 1s located under the cap on the outboard side of the
pump. This pin locates the pump shaft to correspond with
‘TDG for number one cylinder. To unlock the pump, the
spring is placed under the head of the timing pin and the
cap installed.
Torque Value: 70 Nem [50 ft-lb]
Service Tip: If difficulty ts experienced with disengaging
the plastic timing pin, use a small flat blade screwdriver
to pry the pin free.Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00 Injection Pump
B Serves Shop Manual
The Bosch P7100 has a timing pin located under a cap on
the outboard side of the governor. To unlock the pump the
position of the pin ts reversed under the cap.
Disengage the timing pin.
22 mm or 27 mm
Tighten the drive gear mounting nut.
Torque Value
Stanadyne, Bosch and CAV (Rotary) _65 Nem 48 1b]
Nippendanso.EP9 423 Nem (91 ft-lb]
Bosch P7100 4165 Nem [122 fb]
Chisel, Hammer
It@ rebuilt pump is being installed, permanently mark the
injection pump flange to match the mark on the gear
housing. The Nippondenso EP9 and Bosch P7100 do not
require timing marks.
Installation (0-88)
Page 0-75
90m
Q)Injection Pump Installation (0-88) Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
Page 0-76 |B Seres Shop Manual
Unlocked CAV Injection Pump - installation
(0-91)
Locate Top Dead Center (TDC) for Cylinder Number 1 by
barring the engine while pushing in on the timing pin until
it engages.
Ii the shaft of a Lucas CAV pump was not locked with the
engine at TDG, rotate the pump shaft to align the key and
the keyway in the gear.
Secure the pump by finger tightening the three mounting
nuts.
Disengage the TDC pin.
22 mm
Secure the drive gear with the mounting nut and lock
washer.
Torque Value: 65 Nem [48 ftb]Section 0_ Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
13 mm
Rotate the pump to align the scribe marks on the pump
and gear housing.
Torque Value: 30 Nem
(22 flo]
NOTE: If mo timing marks exist, refer to Bulletin Nos. <>
9810348-01 or 3810486,
Unlocked Stanadyne DB4 Injection Pump -
Installation (0-92)
Locate top dead center (TDC) for cylinder number 1 by
rotating the crankshaft while pushing in on the timing pin
until it engages,
Rotate the fuel injection pump drive shaft in the direction
‘of pump rotation to align the timing line on the weight
retamer hub with the line pn the cam ring
Position the fuel injection drive shatt locking key plate in
the locked position. Turn the locking screw in until contact
1s made with the drive shatt
Torque Value: 12Nem [106 in-Ib}
Installation (0-88)
Injection PumpInjection Pump - Installation (0-88) Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 0
Page 0-78 B Series Shop Manual
Verify the timing marks are aligned after lock timed.
& Install the fuel injection pump timing cover.
Gifs, Secure the pump by finger tightening the mounting nuts.
fap
[a] 3/8 Inch
Loosen the Stanadyne DB4 fuel injection pump look screw
and position the special washer behind the lock screw
head.
8 Tighten the lock screw.
Wnoenea oeSection 0 Engme Disassembly and Assembly Group 00 injection Pump Installation (0-88)
8 Series Shop Manual Page 0-79
22mm
‘Secure the drive gear with the mounting nut and washer.
NOTE: This 1s not the final torque value.
Torque Value: 15 NNem [11 ftlb]
go |
Disengage the timing pin.
22mm
Tighten the drive gear mounting nut.
Torque Value: 65 Nem [48 ft-b]
13mm
Rotate the pump to align the scribe marks on the pump
and housing.
Tighten the mounting nuts.
Torque Value: 30 Nem (22 ft-lb]
Y soomeInjection Pump Installation (0-88)
Page 0-60
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00 _
| BSenes Shop Manual
Unlocked Bosch VE and P7100 Injection
Pump - Installation (0-93)
VE Installation
The following procedure was written for those without
immediate access to a fuel pump timing tool, Part No.
3377259, The procedure for timing an unlocked Bosch
VE fuel pump with the pump off of the engine is given in
Section 5. If the pump is installed using the following
procedure, It should be adjusted to the exact timing
Using tool No. 3377258 before being put into service,
This procedure is avaliable in Bulletin Nos. 3810348-01
and 3810486.
Locate top dead center (TDC) for Cylinder Number 1 by
rotating the crankshaft while pushing in on the timing pin
until it engages.
The Robert Bosch VE pump uses a spning loaded cam
mechanism that makes positioning the keyway more dif-
ficult
To align the Robert Bosch VE keyway, secure the pump
in avise and install the lock washer and nut on the drive
shaft
@ mm Allen or 10 mm Hex
Remove the special washer by loasening the lockscrew,
’Section 0. Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Sertes Shop Manual
22 mm; 8 mm Allen or 10 mm Hex
‘Tum the shatt so the key 1s aligned with the hash mark on
the seal housing.
Lock the pump shaft by tightening the lockscrew.
Torque Value: 30 Nem (22 ft-lb]
Remove the dnve nut and washer from the drive shaft by
striking the wrench with a sharp blow in a counterciock-
wise direction,
Be sure the timing pin ts disengaged.
Caution: Make sure the key does not fall into the gear
housing
Install the pump.
Injection Pump Installation (0-88)
Page 0-81
&
isInjection Pump
Page 0-82
Installation (0-88)
\n0peon
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
Q)
Ri
B Series Shop Manual
‘Secure the pump by finger tightening the three mounting
nuts. The pump must be free to move in the slots.
22 mm
Install the drive gear mounting nut and lock washer on the
pump drive shaft.
Torque Velue: 15 Nem {11 ft-lb]
NOTE: This 1s not the final torque vi
nut will be torqued to the final sp
pump ts unlocked.
The drive shaft
ation after the
8 mm Allen or 10 mm Hex
Loosen the Bosch pump lockscrew and position the spe-
cial washer behind the lockscrew head
Tighten the lockserew in the unlocked position.
Torque Value: 13 Nem [10 ft-lb]
22 mm
Tighten the drive geat mounting nut.
Torque Value: 65 Nem [48 ft-lb}Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00 Injection Pump Installation (0-88)
B Serres Shop Manual Page 0-83
13mm
Rotate the pump to align the scribe marks on the pump g
and housing.
Tighten the three mounting nuts.
Torque Value: 24Nem [18 ft-lb}
Disengage the TDC pin. ]
L Sisto
Be sure the backlash 1s correct for replaced gears.
Use a dial indicator to measure backlash.
99012
Pump Gear Backlash Limit
A = .076 to 330 mm [0.003 to 0.013 in] A C
vninjection Pump Installation (0-88) Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly, Group 00
Page 0-84 B Series Shop Manual
Da 19 mm
— | a) Attach the injection pump support bracket. Finger tighten
=| Zap, all capscrews betore final tightening
(24D NOTE: Tighten the capscrews which attach the bracket to
the block (1) before tightening the cepscrew which secures
the bracket to the pump (2).
Torque Value: 24. Nem (18 ft-lb]
P7100 Injection Pump Installation
Make sure the engine has Cylinder No. 1 at TDC.
The mjection pump also has a timing pin (1), located in
the governor housing, to position the pump shaft to cor-
respond with TDC for Cylinder No. 1 The pin is to be
reversed and stored in the housing (2) after the pump 1s
installed,
Rl 24mm
Remove the access plug.
BJe 0-85
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00 Injection Pump - Installation (0.88
a
B Series Shop Manual
Remove the timing pin.
It the timing tooth 1s not aligned with the timing pin hole,
rotate the pump shaft until the timing tooth aligns.
Reverse the position of the pin $0 the sfot of the pin will
fit over the timing tooth in the pump.
Install and secure the pin with the access plug.
Jse a 50/50 mixture of clean engine oil and STP® or
aquivajent to lubricate the gear cover housing to ensure
he injection pump will slide into the housing easily.
BInjection Pump - Installation (0-88)
Page 0-86
QI)
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
|B Series Shop Manual
Also lubricate the mounting flange of the injection pump.
NOTE: The P7100 mnjection pump driveshaft has a provision
for a Woodruff Key, however, it is not required. Timing mark
alignment 1s not required for the P7100 drive gear,
‘Make sure the fuel injection pump drive gear inside di-
ameter and the shaft outside diameter are clean and dry
before the gear ts installed
Slide the.pump shaft through the drive gear and position
the pump flange onto the mounting studs.
Push the pump forward until the mounting flange and
‘o-ring are properly fitted into the gear housing bore.
Do not attempt to pull the pump flange into the gear
housing with the mounting nuts as damage to housing will
oceur.
15 mm
Install the mounting nuts.
Torque Value: 43 Nem [32 ft-lb]Section 0 Engu
B Series Shop
30 mm
Install the retaining nut and washer.
Torque Value: 15Nem [11 ttb]
‘To prevent damage to the timing pins, do not exceed the
torque value given. This 1s not the final torque value for
the retaining nut.
Disengage the engine timing pin.
24mm
Remove the fuel pump timing pin plug, Reverse the po-
sition of the pin and install the pin, plug, and sealing
washer.
Torque Value: 15.Nem [11 ftib]
30 mm
Tighten thie fuel pump drive nut
Torque Value: 165 Nem [122 ft-lb]
Install the gear cover access cap hand tight.
isassembly and Assembly Group 00
Rif
©
Injection Pump installation (°588)
Page 0-8:‘Accessories Installation (0-94) Section'0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
Page 0-88 B Series Shop Manual
10 mm
Install the fuel pump mounting bracket capscrews.
Install the fuel jines, contro! linkage and turbocharger
wastegate line.
‘Torque Values:
High Pressure Fuel Lines 24 Nem [18 ftlb]
Low Pressure Fue! Supply Fitting 32 Nem [24 ft-lb]
AFC Fittings 9 Nem [80 in-Ib]
9/16 in
2 Install the external oil feed line at the inboard side of the
fuel pump and the main oil rifle,
& Torque Value: 10 Nem [7 ft-lb]
Accessories - Installation (0-94)
Install the cover plate or any additional gear driven‘ac.
cessones (hydraulic pump, air compressor, etc.) as
needed.
NOTE: When gear driven accessones are installed, be sure
fo install the correct support bracket.Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Senes Shop Manual
Flywheel Housing - Installation (0-95)
If removed, install the two ring dowels.
Drive the dowels in until they are against the bottom of the
bore. ay
Install the rectangular seal and lubricate with Lubniplate® py
105... Rp
15 mm
Install the flywheel housing.
Torque Value: 77 Nem [57 ft-lb]
Flywheel - Installation (0-96)
Install the flywheel
Caution: Install two capscrews in the front of the crank-
shaft or otherwise lock the crankshaft to tighten the
flywheel capscrews. Do not use the timing pinto lock the
engine.
Flywheel Housing Installation (0-95)
Page 0-8:
wagonWeter Pump Installation (0-97)
Page 0-90
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly - Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
te0008
wo900me
18mm
x Follow the illustrated sequence to tighten the capscrews,
Torque Value: 137 Nem {101 ftb] sequence
Water Pump - Installation (0-97)
Install the o-ring in the groove in the water pump housing
Wy
RI 13 mm
Install the water pump.
Gy Torque Value: 24.Nem [18 ft-lb]
©
Rotate the water pump to make sure it turns freely.Section 0_ Engine Disassembly-and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manus
Front Cover - installation (0-98)
Lubricate the front gear train with clean engine oil
Caution: The seal lip and the sealing surface on the
crankshaft must be free from all oil residue to prevent
seal leaks.
Thoroughly clean and dry the front seal area of the
crankshaft.
3824498 Installation Tool
Leave the plastic pilot installation (oo! in the lubricating oil
seal.
Position the seal on the service tool, Part No. 3824499,
with the lubricating oil seal dust lip facing outward.
NOTE: Properly support the front cover lubricating oil seal
flange to prevent damage to the lubricating oil seal and front
cover.
Press the lubricating oil seal into the front cover from the
back side of the cover toward the front side of the cover.
Press the lubricating oil seal until the service tool bottoms
against the front cover.
A
Front Cover Installation (0-98)
Page 0-91
easoows
R)Cylinder Head Installation (0-98)
Page 0-92
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Apply a thin bead of Three Bond™ to the cover side of the
front cover gasket only.
NOTE: Do not remove the plastic seal pilot tool from the
lubricating oil seal at this time, Use the plastic seal pilot tool
to guide the seal on the crankshaft.
Install the gasket and front cover on the engine.
pedtom
k] >
a
10 mm
[a] Remove the alignmentinstallation tool after tightening
the capscrews.
Qe Torque Value: 24Nem (18 ftlb]
@ Install the front cover access cap and seal
Cylinder Head - Inetelletypn (0-99)
Caution: Make sure the cylinder head and block surface
are clean and not nicked or gouged,
Mallet
{f removed, install the two cylinder head dowels. Drive the
dowels to the bottom of the dowel bore.
WySection 0_ Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Senes Shop Manual
Caution: Be sure the gasket 1s correctly aligned with
holes im the block.
Position the head gasket over the dowels,
Carefully put the cylinder head on the block and seat it
‘onto the dowels.
Cylinder Head Weight:
4 Cylinder 36.Kg [80 Ib]
6 Cylinder 51.3 Kg [114 Ib]
Push Rods - Installation (0-100)
Position the push rods into the valve tappets.
Lubricate the push rod sockets with engine cil.
&
@&
Push Rods Installation (0-100)
Page 0-9:Rocker Levers Installation (0-101) Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
Page 0-94 B Series Shop Manual
Rocker Levers - Installation (0-101)
DL] Lubricate the vaive stems with engine ail
14 mm, Flat Blade Screwdriver
Completely. loosen the rocker lever adjusting screws.
Ge
NOTE: The rocker lever pedestals are aligned with dowels.
Install the pedestals.
Lubricate the 8mm pedestal capscrew threads and under
the capscrew heads with engine oil.
Install the capscrews finger tight.Section 0 Engine Disassembiy and Assembly Group 00 Cylinder Head Tighterung (0-102)
B Series Shop Manual Page 0-
Lubricate the 12mm pedestal/head capscrew bolt threads
and under the capsorew heads with engine oll,
Install the capserews finger tight.
Lubricate the threads and under the heads on the re-
maining head capscrews with engine oil
Install the capscrews finger tight.
Cylinder Head - Tightening (0-102)
Use the illustrated sequence to tighten the cylinder head
capscrews.
ey
estes
Follow the numbered sequence as shown above and
tighten all capscrews to 90 Nm [66 ft-lb],
Ty:
AOS eyCylinder Head Tightening (0-102) Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Page 0-96
Folfow the numbered sequence and recheck the torque
on all capscrews to 90 Nm [66 ft-lb].
Follow the numbered sequence and tighten ONLY THE
SIX LONG CAPSCREWS (No. 4, 5, 12, 13, 20 ,21) to 120
Nm [89 ft-lb}.
Follow the numbered sequence and turn all capscrews an
& additionat 90° of rotation.
As an overcheck to make sure all capscrews have'been
rotated 90° check the torque on all capscrews to 136 Nm
[102 ft-lb]. If any capscrews turn at 186 Nm (402 ft-lb}
loosen only that capscrew and retighten using the above
mentioned sequence.Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
13 mm
Tighten the &mm pedestal capscrews.
Torque Value: 24Nem [18 fttb]
Vaive Clearance - Adjustment (0-103)
Turn the valve adjustment screws in until they touch the
push rod sockets. Loosen them one full turn.
Locate TDC for Cylinder Number 1
Disengage the timing pin.
@
©
Valve Clearance Adjustment (0-103)
Page 0-97Valve Clearance Adjustment (0-103)
Page 0-88
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Feeler Gauge
Valve Stem to Rocker Lever Clearance
Intake Valve Exhaust Valve
0.254 mm 0.508
[0.010 in] {0.020 in}
The clearance ts correct when some resistance can be
“felt” when the feeler gauge is pulled through the space
between the valve stem and rocker lever.
Adjust the valves as indicated in the following illustrations.
Tighten the locknuts and check the clearance again.
Torque-Value: 24Nem [18 ft-lb]
Caution: Perform step A of the valve set procedure with
Cylinder Number 1 at TDC compression stroke (timing
pin will engage).
Step A Four Cylinder
Vaive
linder Ls Intake _E = Exhaust
Step A_ Six Cylinder
Valve
Cylinder Intake Exhaust
casera
Ny
v
8g
jot Set)
Perform Step B of the valve set procedure with Cyl-
Inder Number 1 at TDC plus 360 degrees (timing pin
will not engage).
Mark the crankshaft and front cover. Rotate the crankshaft
one full turnSection 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Step B Four. Cylinder
Val
Intake Exhaust
Set)
Do not Set)
Step B Six Cylinder
Valve
Cylinder Is Intake E = Exhaust
aason4|
Set)
Do not Set)
Injector Nozzles - Installation (0-104)
Apply a coat of anti-seize compound to the threads of the
injector hold-down nut and between the top of the nut and
Injector body (A). Avoid getting anti-seize compound in
the fuel drain hole (B).
Assemble a sealing washer on each injector.
Use only one sealing washer.
NOTE: A light coat of dean 1SW-40 engine oil between the
washer and injector can help to keep the washer from falling
during installation.
Injector Nozzles
Installation (0-104)
Page 0-98
nea
ANTESEIZE
LUBRICANTValve Covers Installation (0-105) Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
Page 0-100 'B Series Shop Manual
24 mm Deep Well Socket
| Q] Install the injectors.
J
Tighten the injector nozzle nuts.
Torque Value: 60 Nem [44 ft-b]
NOTE: The protrusion on the side of the nozzle fits into a
notch in the cylinder head to orient the injector,
sondos
Caution: Some sockets can demage the sealing surface
of the fuel drain outlet.
Valve Covers - Installation (0-105)
16 mm
Assemble the gaskets, valve covers, o-rings and special
capscrews.
Torque Value: 24.Nem (18 ft-lb]
Manifold Cover - Installation (0-106)
3375066 Sealant
Apply sealant to the capscrews as shown in the illustra-
tion.
Install the manifold cover, gasket and capscrews.
Do not tighten the capscrews until the high pressure line
brackets are assembled.Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Aftercooler - Installation (0-107)
3375066, 3823494 Sealant
Apply sealant, Part No. 3375066, to the capscrews as
shown in the Illustration.
Apply a 4 mm bead of sealant, Part No. 3823494, around
the sealing surface of the aftercooler as shown in the
illustration.
Install the aftercooler. Do not tighten the capscrews until
the high pressure fuel line brackets are installed
Fuel Lines - Installation (0-108)
17mm
Install the fuel filter supply line.
The banjo fittings at the filter head require sealing wash-
ers on each side of the line. The banyo fitting with the vent
screw 1s used 10 install the pump supply line
{nyection Pump Supply Line - Installation
(0-109)
417 and 14 mm.
Install the Bosch injection pump supply line.
17 and 14. mm
Install the inyoction pump fuel supply line for the CAV or
Stanadyne injection pump.
a)
Fuel Lines Installation (0-108)
Page 0-10Fuel Lines Installation (0-108)
Page 0-102
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
scene
|
injectors securely wy
Torque Value: 24.Nem [18 ft-lb]KSB (Remote Mounted) Installation (0-113) Section 0 Engine Disassembly and /gsombly Group 00
Page 0-104 jh
B Series Shop Manual
12 mm and 13 mm
Install the air fuel control tube.
Use new sealing washers when installing the tube.
KSB (Remote Mounted) - Installation
(0-113)
13 mm and 10 mm
Install the remote mounted KSB valve (if equipped) as
illustrated. .
® Torque Values .
Mounting Capscrew 24 Nem {18 ft-lb]
Banjo Screw 8 Nem (6 fo]
& |
Connect the KSB winng.
Fuel Filter Head - Installation (0-114)
Gifs, I the optional dual filters to be used, install the adapter
(Rip. and square cut seating ring.
sSection 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Lubricate the sealing ring andthe center hole with engine
oil.
24mm
Install the dual filter head.
Tighten the nut.
Torque Value: 32'Nem [24 ft-lb]
‘Temporarily install fuel filter(s).
NOTE: When the engine 1s ready to be put into service, fill
the filter(s) with clean #2 diesel fuel and tighten 1/2 turn after
the lubricated gasket contacts the filter head.
Exhaust Manifold - Installation (0-113)
“Package” the exhaust manifold capscrews and gaskets
on the manifold. Apply anti-setze compound to the
capsorews,
NOTE: The bead on the exhaust manifold gasket can be
Installed in either direction.
13mm
Install the exhaust manifold and gaskets.
Torque Value: 43 Nem [32 ftb]
Follow the sequence shown.
OG
Exhaust Manifold Installation (0-113)
Page 0-10:Turbocharger Installation (0-116)
Page 0-106
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Agsembly Group 00 _
B Series Shop Manual
Turbocharger - Installation (0-116)
ێl>_Install the turbocharger gasket and apply antl-seize com-
%jy pound to the mounting studs
Ql 15mm
Install the turbocharger.
Cha Torque Value: 45 Nem [33 ft-lb]
®
Wf required, loosen the turbine housing capscrews and
position the bearing housing to install the turbocharger
drain tube.
13 mm
Install the hose and clamps on the turbocharger drain
ra tube loosely. Install the drain tube and gasket on the
1. turbocharger.
Torque Value: 24.Nem (18 ft-lb]Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
if the drain tube in the block was removed, apply sealant
Part Number 3375068 to the sealing surfaces.
22 mm Open End Wrench, Hammer
Install the tube in the block so it is aligned with the turbo-
charger drain tube.
Screwdriver
Position the turbocharger drain hose to connect the drain
tubes; tighten the clamps.
13mm
If loosened, tighten the turbocharger turbine housing
capsorews,
Torque Value: 20Nem (15 ft-lb]
‘Turbocharger Installation (0-116)
Page 0-107
jane a TL,Turbocharger Installation (0-116) Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
Page'0-108 B hoy
Series Shop Manual
R] 7/16 Inch
If required, loosen the compressor housing v-band clamp
Gifs, 2nd position the housing to align with the air crossover
ee tube.
®
3 7/16 inch Plastle Hammer
Tighten the band clamp. Tap around the clamp with a
plastic hammer and tighten again.
Torque Value: 8.5Nem [75 in-tb}
Screwdriver or 5/16 inch
Install the air crossover tube and clamps and tighten.
Torque Value: 8 Nem [71 1n-Ib]
SNem (44 in-lb]
Oe
Gif Install the boost control capsule actuator hose.
apSection 0_ Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Senes Shop Manual
Caution: The Turbocharger must be prelubricated.
Pour 0 to 60cc [2 to 3 oz,] of clean engine oil into the oil
inlet fitting on top of the turbocharger while spinning the
turbocharger impeller to distribute the oil in the bearing.
16 mm and 19 mm
Install the oil supply line.
Tighten the fittings seourely.
Torque Value: 15 Nem [11 fb]
35Nem [26 ft-lb] (on turbocharger)
Connect the aftercooler coolant supply tube (1) and the
coolant return tube (2).
Thermostat - Installation (0-117)
“Package” the lifting bracket and thermostat gasket to
the thermostat and thermostat housing. Position the rub-
ber seal as shown
A
QI
©
LN
Gy
ap
Thermostat Installation or}
Page 0-10:Vibration Damper Installation (0-118)
Page 0-110
‘a9pune
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
Q)
O@e
B Series Shop Manual
10 mm
Install the "package"
Torque Value: 24.Nem [18 ft-lb]
Vibration Damper - Installation (0-118)
15mm
Install the crankshaft pulley/vibration damper.
Torque Value: 125Nem [92 ft-lb]
Fan Hub - Installation (0-119)
10 mm
Install the fan hub.
Torque Value: 24.Nem [18 ft-lb]
10 mm or 13 mm
Install the fan hub pulley.
Torque Value
8 mm Capscrew 24 Nem (16 ft-lb]
10 mm Capscrew 43 Nem (32 ft-lb]Section 0. Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
B Series Shop Manual
Belt Tensioner - Installation (0-120)
5 mm Allen
Install the tensioner bracket to the cylinder head.
Tighten the socket head screws.
Torque Value: 24Nem [18 ft-lb]
13 mm
Belt Tensioner Installation (0-120)
Page 0-111
Position the belt tensioner on the bracket and secure it
with the capscrew.
“Torque Value: 43 Nem [32 ftib}
NOTE: Some tensioners can be bolted to two different lo-
‘cations on the bracket. Install into the location dictated’ by
your requirement,
@
&
Water Inlet Connection - Installation
(0-121)
Caution: Do not tighten at this time. To avoid misalign-
ment and overstressing the lower support mounting ear
on the alternator, leave the capscrews loose until all the
alternator parts are installed.
Install the water inlet connection and sealing ring.
Alternator - Installation (0-122)
10 mm
Assemble the alternator bracket to the thermostat hous-
Ing.
Torque Value: 24Nem [18 ft-lb)Alternator - Installation (0-122)
Page 0-112
enscaine
Section 0 Engine Disassembly and Assembly Group 00
nh
° o 3 ol
eeas)
or0Por20ZoroFoed
u u
90001
a
Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1_
B Series Shop Manual
Clean the combustion deck witha Scotch-Brite® cleaning
pad or equivalent and diesel fuel or solvent.
Brush, 400 Grit Sandpaper, Diese! Fuel
Thoroughly clean all cup plug holes.
Caution: Excessive deposits may be cleaned in an acid
tank, but the cam bushing must first be removed.
Build-up of deposits in the coolant passages can cause
engine overheating.
Be sure the coolant passages are clean.
Warning: Use protective measures to prevent personal
injury:
The block may be cleaned in a hot tank using a soap and
water solution without removing the cam bushing,Section 1_ Cylinder Block Group 1
B Senes Shop Manual
After rinsing with clean solvent, use compressed airto dry
the block.
Cylinder Block - Inspection (1-01)
Inspect the cylinder bores for glazing.
A surface without glaze will have a crosshatched-appear-
ance with the lines at 25 to 30 degree angles with the top
of the cylinder block.
If de-glazing is required, refer to procedure number (1-05)
Inspect the cylinder bores for damage or excessive wear.
Measure the cylinder bores.
mm in
102.000 MIN [40167]
902.116 MAX (4.0203)
Out-of-Roundness: _.038 mm (.0015 in]
Taper: 0.076 mm [.003 in}
Oversize pistons and rings (0.5 mm and 1.0 mm oversize)
are available for re-bored cylinder blocks.
Measure the cylinder block overall flatness:
End-to-End 0.076 mm [0.003 1n.]
Side-to-Side. 0.051 mm [0.002 1n.]
Visually inspect for any localized dips or imperfections. If
Present, the cylinder head deck must be reground
Cylinder Block - Inspection (1-01)
Page 1-15
De-Glazed
yn 25.4 men
CE “tir
144.2 mm
exgomeCylinder Block Inspection (1-01) Section 1 Cylinder Blook Group 1
Page 1-16 B Series Shop Manual
Inspect the main bearing bores for damage or abnormal
wear,
Install the main bearings and measure main bearing bore.
diameter with main bolts tightened to 176 Nem (130 tt-b),
NOTE: Record this measurement for use in determining
main bearing clearance as described in procedure (1-12).
Diameter
mm. in
83.106 MAX 3.2720
Remove the bearing and install the main beanng cap.
Torque the main bearing capscrews to 176: Nem [130
ft-lb}. Measure the main bearing bore with the bearing
Gi removed
87.983 MIN 3.4639
88.019 MAX 3.4653
Inspect the camshaft bore without the bushing for scoring
(P) invpesinecemsn
Diameter No. 1
mm in
57.222 MIN 2.2528
57.258 MAX 2.2543
Measure the diameter of camshaft bores No. 2 through
No. 5
Diameter No. 2-5
mm mn
34,089 MIN [2.1295]
54.164 MAX (2.2324)
Service bushings are available and must be used if wear
exceeds above dimensions.Section 1_ Cylinder Block Group 1
8 Series Shop Manual
Inspect the tappet bores for scoring or excessive wear.
Cylinder Block De-Giazing (1-05)
Page 1-17
®
Diameter
mm
76.000 MIN
16.055 MAX.
NOTE: if the cylinder head or cylinder block ts out of specr-
fication, the out of. specification surface must be machined,
Refer to the Alternative Repair Menval, Builétin No. 3866109,
for re-surfacing information.
Cylinder Block - De-Glazing (1-05)
New piston rings may not seat in glazed cylinder bores.
De-glazing makes the bore ‘‘rough”” to help seat the rings.
The size of the bore is not changed by proper de-glazing.
Improper de-glazing will change the size of the bore.
A correctly de-glazed surface will have a crosshatched
appearance with the lines af 15 to 25 degree angles with
the top of the cylinder black.
| (
LU eand
eS
De-GlazeaCylinder Block De-Glazing (1-05)
Page 1-18
cS
\=/"B+O
300 to
400 RPM
I~ AR
LCG Stroke (f+ })/Per Second —|
ISSO
ES
Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
B Series Shop Manual
Use a drill, a medium grit Flex-Hone and a mixture of
equal parts of diesel fuel and SAE 30W engine ail to
de-glaze the bores.
The crosshatch angle 1s a function ot drill speed and how
fast the hone 1s moved vertically.
This illustration shows the result of the drill speed 1s too
slow or the vertical stroke 1s too fast.
‘This iilustration shows the sesult of the drill speed Is too
fast or the vertical stroke is too slowSection 1_ Cylinder Block Group 1
B Senes Shop Manual
NOTE: Vertical strokes must be smooth continuous passes
along the full length of the bore.
inspect the bore after 10 strokes.
Caution: Be extremely careful not to hone the bore out
of specification.
sizing hone can be used to remove minor grooves or to
correct minor out of taper.
Taper’ 0.076 mm [0.003 in]
Operate the sizing hone similarly to the Flexi-Hone.
Inspect the bore after 10 strokes.
Immediately clean the cylinder bores with a strong solu-
tion of laundry detergent and hot water.
After rinsing, use compressed air to dry the block.
QP
Cylinder Block De-Glazing (1-05
Page 1-1!
1 Stroke
@9
Finishing Hone
285 Grit
a
Minor
Grooves
or Taper
300 to 400
RPM
1 Stroke
eh
Per Second
kabeahExpansion end Pipe Plug Installation (1-06)
Page 1-20
©
Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
B Series Shop Manual _
Check the bore cleanliness by wiping with a white, lint
free, lightly oiled cloth, If grit residue ts still present,
re-clean.
Wash the block in solvent,
Use a brush to clean all oil passages.
Expansion and Pipe Plug - Installation
(1-06)
All expansion plug bores in the block are machined to a
standard english dimension (i.¢., 11/16 in, 1-1/4 in, etc.)..
To achieve the correct press fit of the expansion plug in
the bore, the expansion plug must be larger than the bore.
diameter and the expansion plug driver must be smaller
than the bore diameter. Therefore, expansion plugs and
their drivers are not made to a standard english dimen-
sion.
The plug drivers are called out by the dimension of the
bore they are to be used on (i.¢., a 1 1n driver for 1" bore).
The expansion plugs are called out by Cummins part
number (a dimension 1s also listed for reference).
Apply a bead of Three Bond, Part No. 3823494, around
the outside diameter of all expansion plugs before
installing.Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
B Series Shop Manual
Drive all expansion plugs in until the outer edge is flush
with the counter sink in the block.
Refer to procedure (1-07) for camshaft expansion plug
installation.
Apply a film of pipe plug sealant, Part No. 3375066, or
equivalent, to the threads.
Install and tighten the pipe plugs,
Refer to the following chart for torque values.
Tighten pipe plugs to the appropriate torque values.
Driver Part No, 3823524 (Coolant Passages), Part
No. 3823520 (OII'Riffe)
Expansion plug locations. Front of block.
1 Expansion Plug Part No. 3900965 (58.06 mm)
2. Expansion Plug Part No. 3800956 (17.73 mm)
Expansion and Plpe Plug
Installation
Pipe Plug Torque Values
‘Size Torque Torque
ea ie Alum | _in Cat on oF
med 0.0. | Componente | Stes Comperect|
om Dal] Wee (tba) | Nem lb
Br fost | 8 Uesimty| ts 0}
woe oa | 98 tae | 208}
wr posi | 20s) | 28a)
wa oes | 2s oy | 58a
zs a) | ps) | ss fap
ar te) | est | 585)
ss ay | «© us | 85 BO,
2 joy | ssh | os
a3 nay | ose} | 0m,
tenceCamshaft Expansion Plug
Page 1-22
Installation (1-07)
ean
Rg]
Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
B Series Shop Manual
Driver Part No. 3823524 (Coolant Passages)
Pipe plug and cup plug locations. Right side of block.
1 Expansion Plug Part No. 3812090 (58.08 mm)
2. Pipe Plug, 0.50 in (1/2 in)
Driver Part No. 3823524 (Coolant Passages), Part
No. 3823520 (Oil Rifle)
Expansion plug locations. Rear of block.
1 Expansion Plug Part No, 3612090 (58.06 mm)
2. Expansion Plug Part No. 3900956 (17.73 mm)
Driver Part No. 3823520 (Oil Rifle), Part No.
3376816 (Crankcase), Part No. 3376817 (Alternate
Oil Fill), Part No. 3822372 (Alternate Dipstick Holes)
Pipe plug and expansion plug locations, Left side of block.
Expansion Plug Part No. 3900956 (17.73 mm)
Expansion Plug Part No. 3914035 (25.75 mm)
Expansion Plug Part No. 3900955 (9.80 mm)
Expansion Plug Part No. 3900958 (32,03 mm)
Pipe Plug, 0.125 in (1/8) NPTF Hex Head
Peaoene
Camshaft Expansion Plug - Installation
(1-07)
Apply a bead of Three ‘Bond, Part No. 3823494, around
the outside diemeter of the camshaft expansion plug.Section 1_ Cylinder Block Group 1
B Senes Shop Manual
Fosition the plug with the convex side out.
Large Drift, Hemmer
Expand the plug with a large drift and a hammer.
Expand the plug until the convex side is flush with
the block.
Camshaft Bushing - Installation (1-08)
Mark the camshaft bushing and block to align the oil hole.
&
Camshaft Bushing Installaion (1-08)
0 1-2:
a)
LY
ae
|! a
p CN osCamshaft Bushing Installation (1-08)
Page 1-24
exsbews
3)
@
Section 1 - Cylinder Block Group 1
B Series Shop Manual
Apply a bead of Loctite™ 609 to the edge of the bushing
that will be installed to the rear of the bore. Apply the
Loctite™ to 270 degrees of the diameter of the bushing,
see the illustration. Use care to not apply Loctite™ near to
or in Tine with the oll hole.
Universal Bushing Installation Too!
Install the camshaft bushing flush with the block.
Be sure the oll hole 1s aligned.
A 3.2mm [0.126 in} diameter rod must be able to pass
through the hole.
Measure the installed camshaft bushing.
‘Camshaft Bushing Bore
mm n
54.107 MIN 2.4302
54.146 MAX 21317Section 1. Cylinder Block Group 1
B Senes Shop Manual
Dipstick Tube - Replacement (1-09)
Pliers
If the dipstick tube 1s loose or damaged, remove it from
the cylinder block.
Apply sealant, Part No. 3375068, to the new dipstick tube,
Use a hex head capscrew to drive the tube into the block.
Cylinder Block - Storing (1-10)
If the block 1s not to be used immediately, lubricate all
surfaces to prevent rusting
Ra
Dipstick Tube Replacement (1-09)
Page 1-25Crankshaft Cleaning (1-11)
Page 1-26
Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
B Series Shop Manual
Crankshaft - Cleaning (1-11)
Clean the crankshaft oil drillings with a brush.
Rinse in clean solvent and use compressed air to dry.
Clean the oil seal wear surfaces with diesel fuel and
crocus cloth.
Crankshaft - Inspection (1-12)
Inspect the crankshaft seais wear surfaces for scratches
or grooving
If shaft 1s grooved, install a wear sleeve.
Inspect the rod'and main journal's tor deep scoring, over-
heating, etc.Section 1_ Cylinder Block Group 1
B Series Shop Manual
Determining Main Bearing Clearance
Measure the main journal diameters and determine main
bearing clearance.
Main Bearing Journal Diameter
mm in
82.962 MIN 3.2662
83.013 MAX 3.2682
Out-of-Roundness: 0.050mm [0.002 in]
Taper: 0.013mm [0.0005 in]
Bearing Clearance = Main Bore Diamater with bearing
installed minus (~) Crankshaft Main Journal Diameter.
Maximum Bearing Clearance: 0.119mm [0.0047 in]
Crankshaft Gear - Replacement (1-13)
Remove the crankshaft gear,
Use a heavy duty puller.
2 Ib Stee! Hammer, Gear Splitter Part No. 3823585
An optional tool 1s available to split the crankgear off of
Pre-1991 crankshatts.
Service Tip: Always use a large steel hammer when split-
jing the crankshaft gear. Lead hammers absorb the shock
required to break the gear.
Remove all burrs and make sure the gear surface on the
end of the crankshaft is smooth.
Ra
Ql
BS
Crankshaft Gear Replacement (1:19)
Page 1+
4
{
t
so
ss00uCrankshaft Gear Replacement (1-13)
Page 1-28
i‘
Kishin
Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
B Series Shop Manual
Hammer
Rl] If previously removed, install the alignment pin until it
& bottoms.
Caution: The gear will be permanently distorted if over-
AX. heated. The oven tomperature ‘should never exceed
177°C [350°F].
Heat the crankshaft gear in a preheated oven for 45 min-
utes at 149° C [300° F}.
Apply a thin coating of lubricant to the nose of the
crankshatt.
Warning: Wear protective gloves to prevent personal in-
A iw.
Gps, Install the hot gear up to the crankshaft shoulder with the
timing mark out.Section 1_ Cylinder Block Group. 1
B Series Shop Manual
Camshaft - Cleaning (1-14)
Wash the camshaft and gear with solvent and a lint free
cloth.
Camshaft and Gear - Inspection (1-15)
Inspect the lift pump lobe, valve lobes and bearing jour-
nals for cracking, pitting or scoring,
Inspect the gear teeth for pitting; look for cracks at the root
of the teeth:
Measure the fuel transfer pump lobe and valve lobes.
Diameter at Peak of Lobe
mm. in.
Intake 47.040 MIN 7.852
47 482 MAX 1.870
Exhaust 46.770 MIN 1.841
47.222 MAX 1.859
Lift Pump 35.500 MIN 4.398
36.260 MAX 1428
Camshaft Cleaning (1-14)
Page ‘8Camshaft and Gear Inspection (1-15)
Page 1-30
800%
900%
qo0cre
a
Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
B Series Shop Manual
Measure the bearing journals.
Journal Diameter
mm in
53.962 MIN 21245
54.013 MAX 2.1265
Camshaft Lobe Pitting Reuse Criteria (1-16)
Assingle pit should not be greater than the area of a2 mm
[.079 m] diameter circle.
Interconnection of pits is not allowable and is treated as
one pit.
The total pits, when added together, should not exceed a
carole of 6 mm [0.236 in].Section 1 - Cylinder Block - Group 1
B Series Shop Manual
Only one pit is allowed within + or - 20 degrees of the
nose of the cam lobe.
Camshaft Lobe Edge Deterioration (Break-
down) Criteria (1-17)
The area of edge deterioration should not be greater than
the equivalent area of a 2 mm [0.079 in] circle within +
or - 20 degrees of the nose of the cam lobe.
Outside of the + or - 20 degrees of the nose of the cam
lobe, the areas of edge deterioration should not be greater
than the equivalent area of 6 mm [0.236 in} circle.
Camshaft and Gear - Inspection (1-15)
Page 1-31
» cosSounCamshaft and Gear inspection (1-15) Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
Page 1-32 B Senes Shop Manuel
The first of the following illustration shows normal palish and a casting flaw within the nose area. Both of these
conditions are acceptable for reuse.
The following thrse illustrations show wear patterns that are not acceptable for reuse.Section 1_ Cylinder Block Group 1 Camshaft and Gear Inspection (1-15
B Series Shop Manual Page 1-3:Camshaft Gear Replacement (1-18)
Page 1-34
Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
'B Series Shop Manush
Camshaft Gear - Replacement (1-18)
Camshaft Gear - Removal (1-19)
Remove the gear.
Remove all burrs and smooth any rough surfaces caused
by removing the gear.
Gyn Camshaft Gear - Installation (Heated Gear
GB Method) (1-20)
Install the key.
Lubricate the camshaft surface with Lubriplate 105.Section 1_ Cylinder Block Group 1
B Senes Shop Manual
Caution: The gear will be permanently distorted if over-
heated. The oven temperature should never exceed
177°C [350°F].
Heat the camshaft gear in a preheated oven at 149°C
[800°F] for 45 minutes.
Heat the gear for bolted camshafts (steel gear) to 177°C
[350°F].
Wear protective gloves to prevent personal injury.
Install the gear with the timing marks away from the cam-
shat
Be sure the gear 1s seated against the camshaft
shoulder.
Automotive engines, manufactured before 1994, that
use Bosch P7100 fuel pumps require a camshaft
capscrew be mstalled. Reter to procedure (1-21)
Uf the camshatt is not to be used immediately, lubricate the
lobes and journals to prevent rusting.
=
Camshaft Gear Replacement (1-18)
Page 1-36
149°C
1300°F}
vre
[350°F]|
cangentCamshaft Gear Replacement (1-18)
Page 1-36
Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
Ore Sones ‘Shop Mantial
Camshaft Gear - Installation (With Special
Tool 3823589) (1-21)
___No. Description Oty,
lz |
lis
1 ‘Sorew Press 1
2 Yoke 1
3 Rods 3
4 Torque Arm 1
5 Retainer 1
6 Nuts 3
Assemble the screw press, yoke, rods, nuts, and camshaft
gear with the chamfered side of the gear facing the
camshaft.
Clean all oil and lubricant from the camshaft and cam-
shaft gear. Position the gear and tool assembly on the
camshaft with the yoke placed over the end camshaft
bearing journal.
Handttighten the screw press and engage the gear to the
‘camshaft and keyway.Section 1_ Cylinder Block Group 1
B Series Shop Manual
‘Once the gear is properly started on the camshaft, insert
the torque arm into the screw press and, using a wrench
with the screw press, install the camshaft gear.
NOTE: Do not exceed 100 ft-lb of torque while installing the
gear. Do not use an impact wrench with this or any other
‘Cummins special tool. It can damage the engine parts or the
tool,
‘While turning the screw, the effort required should in-
crease steadily until the gear seats against the camshaft
shoulder.
When the gear is properly installed, the gear is in contact
with the shoulder on the camshaft.
Disassemble the camshaft gear installation tool and re-
move the camshaft retainer.
Automotive 1991 engines with Bosch P7100 inline injec
tion require a camshaft capscrew be installed. Refer to
procedure (1-22).
Be
SS
Camshaft Gear Replacement
@ ‘ShoulderCamshaft Capscrew Installation (1-22)
Page 1-38
eo
Ss
eee
27 Nem [20 fb]
Qs
Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
B Series Shop Manual
Camshaft Capscrew - Installation
(1-22)
Be sure the gear 1s seated against camshaft shoulder,
Using a.001 inch feeler gauge, check to see if the feeler
gauge can be inserted between the gear and the shoulder
on the camshaft. If the feeler gauge can be inserted, the
gear 1s not properly seated.
Insert the camshaft capscrew into the gear retainer and
install the capscrew/retamer assembly into the camshaft.
Torque the camshaft capscrew to 27 Nem [20 ft-lb].
After torquing the camshaft capscrew to 27 Nem [20 ft-lb],
then rotate the capscrew an additional 180° of rotation.Section 1_ Cylinder Block - Group 1 Rubber Element Vibration Damper Cleaning and Inspection (1-23)
B Series Shop Manual
Rubber Element Vibration Damper -
Cleaning and Inspection (1-23)
Clean the damper with hot soapy water and a brush. After
rinsing with clean water, use compressed air to dry.
Check the index lines (A) on the damper hub (B) and
inertia member (C). If the lines are more than 1.59 mm
[1/16 in] out of alignment, replace the damper.
Inspect the rubber member for detenoration and missing
pieces. If pieces of rubber are missing or the member 1s
more than 3.18 mm [1/8 in] below the metal surface,
replace the damper.
NOTE: Also look for forward movement of the damper ring
on the hub. Replace the damper if any movement has
occured.
Viscous Vibration Damper Cleaning and Inspection.
Check the mounting web for cracks. Check the housing
for dents or raised Surfaces. Replace the damper if any
of these defects are identified. Refer to replacement pro-
cedure in this section,
Page 1-3:
290060Hubber Element Vibration Damper Cleaning and Inspection (1-23) Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
Page 1-40
‘tnnc09e
ses00t6
aavcoet
B Sertes Shop Manual
Clean the damper with a solvent cleaner.
The viscous damper s filled with a silicone fluid. After
many hours or use, the silicone fluid may become thicker
and expand. To determine if the damper thickness 1s
correct, remove the paint from the damper in four loca-
tions on either side of the damper. Measure and record
the thickness of the damper in four places. Measure the
thickness 3.175 mm [0.125 inch] from the out side of the
damper. Replace the damper if its thicknass varies by
mare than 0.25 mm [0,010 inch].
Spray the damper with spot check developer, Type
SKD-NF or its equivalent. Heat the damper in an oven
(tolled lip side down) at 93°C [200°F} for 2 hours.
Caution: Wear protective gloves to prevent personal in-
Jury when handling parts that have been heated.
Remove the damper from the oven and check for fluid
leakage. If there 1s leakage, replace the damper.Section 1_ Cylinder Block - Group 1
B Senes Shop Manual
Piston and Connecting Rod - Disas-
sembly (1-24)
Remove the retaining angs.
Remove the piston pin.
Heating the piston 1s not required.
Piston Ring Expander Part No. 3823137
Remove the piston rings.
Piston, Pin and Connecting Rod -
Cleaning (1-25)
Caution: Do nct use the bead blast method to clean the
piston. The piston will be damaged by blast material
embedded in the aluminum.
Soak the pistons in cold parts cleaner.
Soaking the pistons overnight will usually loosen the, car-
bon deposits.
Piston and Connecting Rod ~ Disassembly (1-24)
A
Page 1-41
exoemePiston Inspection (1-26)
Page 1-42
2190000
He
Section 1 - Cylinder Block Group 1
B Series Shop Manual
Caution: Do not clean the pistons and rods in an acid
tank.
Wash the pistons and rods in a strong solution of laundry
detergent in hot water.
Caution: Do not use a ring groove cleaner and be sure
fot to scratch the ring sealing surface in the piston
groove.
Clean the remaining deposits from the ring grooves with
the square end of a broken ang.
Wash the pistons again in a detergent solution or solvent
After rinsing, use compressed air to dry.
Piston Inspection (1-26)
Inspect the piston for damage and excessive wear. Check
the top, ring grooves, skirt and pin bore.Section 1_ Cylinder Block Group 1
B Series Shop Manual
Measure the piston skirt diameter as illustrated.
Diameter
mm in
101.823 MIN (4.0088)
101.887 MAX 4.0113)
Use a new piston ring to measure the clearance inthe ring
groove.
Ring Clearance
mm in
Tep No Check Needed
(Turbocharged)
Naturally 0.075 MIN 003]
spirated) 0150 = MAX [0.008]
Intermediate 0.075 MIN 0.003)
0.150 = MAX —_[0.006]
oi 0.040 MIN {0.002
Control 0.130 = MAX —_[0.005]
Measure the pin bore.
Diameter
mm im
40.008 MIN 17.5750]
40.025 MAX [1.5758]
Piston Pin - Inspection (1-27)
Inspect the piston pin for nicks, gouges and excessive @
wear.
Measure the pin diameter.
Piston Pin Inspection (1-2
Page 1-4
[
pigoote
isooie
Diameter
mm in
39.980 MIN 115744]
40.003 MAX [1.5749]
all> :
taConnecting Rod Inspection (1-28)
Page 1-44
ad00n
A
©
Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
B Series Shop Manual
Connecting Rod - Inspection (1-28)
Caution: The !-Beam section cannot have dents or other
damage. Damage to this part can cause stress risers
which will progress to breakage.
Inspect the rod for damage and wear.
Measure the pin bore (with bushing installed).
1991 Specifications
Diameter
mm In
40.053 MIN 17.5769)
40.076 MAX [1.5778]
1994 Specifications
Diameter
mm 0
40.019 MIN 15756
40.042 MAX 1.5765
Rod Bearing Clearance - Checking
(1-29)
Measure the crankshaft bore with the beanngs installed
and the capscrews tightened to 99 Nem {73 ft-lb]
Record the smallest diameter.
Measure and record the mean diameter of rod journal on
the crankshaft,
Diameter
mm in
68.962 MIN 12.7150)
69.013 MAX (2.7170)
Out-of-Roundness: 0.050mm (0.002 in}
Taper: 0.013mm [0.0005 in}
Bearing clearance = Red Inside Diameter Minus Crank-
shaft Journal Diameter.
Clearance: 0.114mm [0.0045 In] maximumSection 1. Cylinder Block Group 1 Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly (1-30)
B Series Shop Manual Page 1-45
Bearing clearance can also be determmed with plastigage
during engine assembly.
Piston and Connecting Rod - Assem-
bly (1-30)
Be sure “front’’ marking on, piston and the numbers on
the rod and cap are oriented as illustrated,
NOTE: The numbers shown in the illustration are for ex-
ample purposes only.
Install the retaining ring in the pin groove on the “front”
side of the piston
Lubricate the pin and pin bores with engine oil. xPiston Ring Gap Checking (1-31)
Page 1-46
exseema
Na Turbocharged
—— —
Top Top
Intermedt Intermediate
01 Control 011 Control
pidrige
Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
B Series Shop Manual
Gps Install the pin.
C&D Pistons do not require heating to install the pin, how-
ever, the pistons do need to be at room temperature
or above.
Install the second retaining ning.
Piston ig Gap - Checking (1-31)
The top ring for a turbocharged engine ts not the same
as the top ring for a naturally aspirated engine.
Position each ring in the cylinder and use a piston to
A = 69mm [3.5 in}Section 1_ Cylinder Block Group 1
B Serres Shop Manual
Use a feeler gauge to measure the gap.
Top MIN
(Turbocharged) MAX
Top MIN
(N. Aspirated) MAX
Intermediate MIN.
MAX
Oil Controt MIN
MAX
Piston Rings - Installation (1-32)
Caution: Ifa ring expander tool is being used, be careful
not to over expand the ring.
The top surface of all of the rings are identified: As-
semble the word “top” up.
Position the oil sing expander in the control ring groove.
‘Install the oil control ring with the end gap 180° from the
‘ends of the expander.
[0.010]
[0.022]
[0.010]
(0.022)
(0.010)
(0.022)
A
g®
\7
Piston Rings
Installation (1-32)
Page 1-47
©
ace
q
plone
plgase
piaBalancer Disassembly (1-33) Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 4
Page 1-48 B Series Shop Manual
Piston Ring Expander, Part No. 3823137
Install the intermediate ring.
|
Piston Ring Expander, Part No. 3823137
The top ning fora turbocharged engine is not the same
as the top ring for a naturally aspirated engine.
Install the top ring.
Balancer - Disassembly (1-33)
<> Hoefer to the procedures and specifications given in the
engine disassembly section, procedure (0-59), (0-60).and
(0-61).
+ The idler gear must be replaced If the backlash end
play exceed the specifications.
‘+ The shaft gears must be replaced if the backlash
exceeds the specifications.
+ The thrust bearing must be replaced if the shaft end
play exceeds the specifications.
13mm
Remove the thrust housing.Section 1_ Cylinder Block Group 1 Balancer Disassembly (1-33)
B Series Shop Manual Page. 1-4
8mm Allen
Remove the idler gear assembly.
13 mm
Remove the balancer weights.
Press the shafts from the gears.
Remove the shafts from the balancer housing. Ge
positsBalancer Disassembly (1-33) Section 1 Cylinder Block Group
Page 1-50 B Series Shop Manual _
3/16 Inch Punch, Hammer
Use the punch to drive the roll pins from the shafts,
¢ Ge |
° .
sss
arg Remove the Woodruff keys from the shafts.
I
4 ey)
R Press the shatts out of the thrust collars.
+ C S 5 :
|
OL time
a Oy
OL sesbane
Ra Press the shafts out of the bearing inner races.Section 1_ Cylinder Block Group 1
B Series Shop Manual
Press the bearings out of the balancer housing.
Balancer - Assembly (1-34)
The oll hole in the center bearings must align with the oil
hole in the housing. Mark the housing and bearings so
you can align the holes.
Caution: Press against the end of the bearing that has
the identification mark. Failure to do so will result in
, damage to the bearing.
Press in the new center bearings until flush with the
housing,
Install the bearings in the housing so the identification
marks are toward the outside of the housing.
Balancer - Assembly (1-24)
Page 1-57
atta
owe.
A
as
CapBalancer ~ Assembly. (1-34)
Page 1-52:
WH:
AD
Ny
a
linder Block Group 4
oe 'Senes Shop Manual
Section 1
Caution: Press against the end of the bearing that has
the tdentification mark. Fallure to do so will result in
damage to the bearing.
Press in the new bearings until flush with the inside of the
housing.
The balancer shafts must be sub-assembled before being
installed into the housing. The assembly procedure is the
same for both shafts.
Use 500 grit sandpaper fo polish the bearing surfaces
and to remove burrs and Loctite material.
Use cleaning solvent to clean the shafts and bearing
surfaces,
Hammer or Mallet
install a new roll pin into one of the center holes in the
shafts. 4
A = 2.5 mm [0.09 (3/32) in]
Apply a coat of Loctite 609 to the bearing surface of the
shaft. Slide a new inner race into position on the shat.Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
B Senes Shop Manual
Remove the excessive Loctite from the shaft.
Install the three remaining roll pins.
A = 2.5 mm [0.08 (3/32) in]
Apply a coat of Loctite 609 to the bearing surfaces.
Slide two new inner races onto the ends of the shafts. The
identification marks.must be toward the end of the shaft.
Balancer - Assembly (1-34)
Page 1-53Asset Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 4
Page 158 mbly (1-94) B Series Shop Manual
Remove the excessive Loctite.
Gifs Press on the thrust collars to the step on the shafts.
fap
Install the Woodruff keys into the shafts.
eS
Fl Apply a coat of lubriplate to the thrust plate. Position the
thrust plate onto the housing.
gi
>Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
B Senes Shop Manual
Use clean engine oil to lubricate the bearings. Install the
bottom shaft into the housing. The bottom shaft has the
hole.for the timing pin.
NOTE: Late model shafts have a tapped hole for the timing
pin. Earlier shafts have the timing pin hole drilled completely
through the shaft.
Press the gear that has one timing mark onto the bottom
shaft until the gear is flush with the end of the shaft.
Use clean engine oil to lubricate the bearings and install
the top shat,
Caution: The timing marks must be aligned when you
Press the gear onto the shaft.
Press on the gear that has two timing marks until the gear
Is flush with the end of the shaft,
A
gh
&p
Balancer
Assembly (1-34)
Page 1-55Balancer Assembly (1-34)
Page 1-56
gis
S
13mm
Apply a coat of lubriplate to the thrust housing. Install the
thrust housing. The mounting holes align in only one
position.
Torque Value: 24 Nem
Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
B Series Shop Manual _
[18 feb]
Use clean engine oll.
Lubricate and install a new bearing into the idler gear
assembly.
Align the idler gear assembly alignment pin with the hole
in the housing.
Plastic Mallet
Tap the idler assembly gently into position.Section 1_ Cylinder Blook Group 1 Gear Housing and Timing Pin Assembly Inspection (1-35)
B Series Shop Manual Page 1-5
Install the two Allen head capscrews into the idler as- Gly
sembly. Use your fingers to tighten the capscrews, Sp
8mm Allen
Install the balancer weights onto the shafts. The weights
must be installed on the counterbore side of the holes.
Torque Value: 24Nem [18 ft-lb]
Check the balancer assembly for free rotation. If it does
not rotate freely, check the thrust housing and bearings
for correct installation.
Gear Housing and Timing Pin Assem-
bly - Inspection (1-35)
Visually inspect the gear housing for cracks or damaged @
sealing surfaces.Section 1 Cylinder Block Group 1
Di ibly (1-36)
Gear-Housing Disassembly (1-36) linger Block Group 1
Page 1-58
Inspect the timing pin housing and pin for damage.
Gear Housing - Disassembly (1-36)
Do not remove the timing pin housing unless it is dam-
aged or leaking, or the gear housing 1s being replaced,
Refer to Page 0-57 for. replacement procedures.
Le
oO
L !
®
ee
Use @ new washer and install the spring cap plug.
& Torque Value: 2.3Nem [20 in-lb]
21 mm Protective Sleeve Part No. 3376931
(ED Instatt a naw o-nng on the pressure and cap. Use the
Sl _ protective sleeve to avoid damaging the o-ring.
Ql 24mm
Install and tighten the cap.
& Torque Value: 24Nem [17.5 ft-lb}
®Section 5 Fuel System Group 05
B Sertes Shop Manual
Injection Pump Repairs (5-21)
Injection Pump Timing - Stanadyne DB4
(5-22)
Remove the timing line cover from the injection pump.
Rotate the driveshaft in the direction of rotation and align
the timing line on the weight retainer hub with the line on
the cam ring
Tighten the drivehsatt lacking screw to hold the injection
pump in the lock timed position
Torque Value: 12Nem [106 1n-Ib]
Verify the timing marks are aligned after tightening the
locking screw. If the alignment is not correct, loosen the
locking screw and readjust
Injection Pump Repairs (5-21)
Page 6-39
B
©Injection Pump Repairs (5-21) Section 5 Fuel System Group
Page 5-40 B Series Shop Manin,
Install the timing line cover. ’
‘Torque Value: 2.Nem [17 in-Ib]
Return Connection Replacement, Stanadyne
DB4 (5-23)
Remove the fuel return connection
Inspect the sealing surfaces onthe connection and the
@& pump. Inspect the sealing o-ring and check ball
p>, Install a new sealing o-ring and tighten the return con-
nection
® Torque Value: 11 Nem [97 nb]Section § Fuel System Group 05
B Series Shop Manual
Shutoff Solenoid Replacement, Stanadyne
DB4 (5-24)
The Stanadyne injection pump 1s equipped with one of
two types of electrical shutoff devices. Energized to run
(ETR) solenoids are the most common. They are ener-
ized continuously while the engine is running and when
de-energized will cause the engine to shut off. Note the
location of the solenoid arm (1) 1n the illustration,
‘The energized to shutoff (ETSO) solenoids are used less
frequently. These are designed to be energized only mo-
mentarily when engine shutoff 1s desired. Note the loca-
tion of the solenoid arm (1) in the illustration.
Remove the top cover mounting screws.
Remove the four solenoid mounting nuts, grounding strap,
washers and terminal.
Injection Pump Repairs (5-21)
Page 5-41Injection Pump Reps Section 5 Fuel System Group 08
Page 5-42 B Senes Shop Manual
f
new solenoid. Apply dielectric grease to the terminal studs
and to the area the solenoid will come into contact with
the top cover.
Install new insulating tubes onto the terminal studs of the
eB
Gps, Install the solenoid to the top cover.
eo :
CID Torque Value: 14 Nem [12 ft-lb]
Use the Stanadyne ETR solenoid erm retaining tool to
make sure the arm is in the correct position during the top
a cover installation,
To
Gps Install the top cover and gasket to the injection pump.
(EF Tuist the retaining too! to release it from the arm. Silico the
tool out from between the top cover and pump.
Torque Value: 4.6 Nem [41 into]Section 5 Fuel System Group 05
B Series Shop Manual
In the event that the retaining tool 1s not available, install
the top cover as follows:
Move the shutoff lever to the stop position.
NOTE: Extreme care must be taken in assembling the cover
to the pump to make sure the shutoff arm is in correct contact
with the linkage hook tab.
Install the cover to the pump at a downward angle from
the drivehsaft end of the pump, then slide the cover
horizontally into position.
Torque Value: 4.6 Nem [41 intb]
Install the top cover, ETSO solenoid and gasket to the
injection pump.
Make sure the solenoid arm is between the pump housing
and linkage tab as shown in the illustration.
Torque Value: 4.6 Nem [41 in-tb]
Speed Droop Adjustment Off Engine -
Stanadyne DB4 (5-25)
Loosen the speed droop adjustment locking cap.
Turn the droop adjustment screw counterclockwise until
itstops. Then, turn the screw five complete revolutions in
the clockwise direction.
The governor 1s now adjusted to minimum droop. Adjust-
ments to increase or decrease governor sensitivity can be
made after the injection pump 1s installed to the engine.
Injection Pump Repairs (5-21;
rection Pump BoP ge 5
wosInjectlon Pump Repairs (S-21)
Page 5-44
ww serma
Ce
snat desea | shauenas
we
fosprme
|
@
Section § Fuel System Group 05
B Series Shop Manual
Tighten the droop adjustment locking cap. Hold the ad.
justment screw with a screwdriver to prevent movement
when the locking cap Is tightened.
Torque Value: 7.5 Nem (65 in-(b]
Injection Pump Timing - Nippondenso EP9
(5-26)
The injection pump has a plastic timing pin and spring
located under the cap on the outboard side of the pump
This pin locates the pump shaft to correspond with TDC.
tor cylinder No.1 After the pump is installed, the spring
1s placed under the head of the timing pin and the cap Is
installed.
34mm
Mount the pump on a suitable bracket
Remove the cap from the pump locking device. The cap
ts located on the outboard side of the pump.
Remove the plastic timing pin and spring.Section 5 Fuel System Group 05 Injection Pump Repairs (5-21)
B Series Shop Manual Page 5-45
27mm r | «6 Bar @K VHC
Install the nut on the pump shatt. | A (4
. yy
fp \
‘oanvne|
Install the timing pin first, then the spring.
Service Tip: Use the slot in the end of the timing pin
as a reference for properly positioning the timing pin.
The slot must be horizontal ta the pump in order for
the pin to engage the slot in the pump shatt.
se al see
Depress the spring and rotate the pump shaft until the tip, ©)
of the timing pin goes into the stot in the pump shaft. The &
keyway in the shaft will be at approximately the 2
o'clock position. Loe
& Valsad
2) fig
wy
pescud
Caution: Although unlikely, it is possible that the timing
pin will match the pump notch when the timing pinis first
Inserted. If so, the pump will be locked. Do not exert
more than 7 Nem [10 ft-lb] torque to turn the pump shaft.
if the pump shaft does not turn'with 7 Nem [10 ft-lb]
torque, remove the spring and timing pin, then rotate the
pump slightly. Repeat the previous step again.Injection Pump Repairs (5-21)
Page 5-46
200m
R)
Qs
Q
Section 5 Fuel System Group 05
B Series Shop Manua]
Install the cap loosely (finger tight).
27mm
Remove the nut from the pump drive shaft by striking the
wrench with a sharp blow in a counterclockwise direction.
Seals Replacement, Nippondenso EPS (5-27)
tam Type of Seal Torque
A = Sealing washer, 24 Nem [18 ft-lb]
B = Sealing washer, 14 Nem [10 ft-lb]
C = Sealing washer, 27 Nem [20 ft-lb]
D = Copper washer only, 70 Nem [50 ft-lb]
E = Copper washer (Bleed screw), 5 Nem [36 in-Ib]
Shut Down Lever or Spring Replacement,
Nippondenso EP9 (5-28)
10mm
Remove the retaining screw.Section 5 ~ Fuel System Group 05
B Series Shop Manual
Remove the shut down tever (A) spring housing (B) and
return spring (C). &
Install the spring as itlustrated
Install the spring housing over the spring aligning the jp.
spring with the illustrated hole in the housing. Bp
Metal awl or pick
Load the spring by rotating the spring/housing counter-
clockwise approximately 1/4 turn.
Injection Pump Repairs (5-21)
Page 6-47
vaep2a]
epsInjection Pump Repairs (5-21)
Page 5-48
Section 5 Fuel System Group 05
B Senes Shop Manu,
10 mm 4
Hold the spring in the loaded position and install the lever,
NOTE: If the shutdown shaft slides into the housing, thread
the retaining screw into the shaft and slide the shatt to ite
original position, Visually inspect the o-ring for distortion or
damage.
10 mm
Install the retaining screw making sure the spring aligns
to the hole in the fever.
Pressure Relief Valve and Sealing Washer
Replacement, Bosch P7100 (5-28)
The pressure relief valve arrangementon the Bosch P7100
Injection pump in the supply side of the fuel circuit creates
a self-bleeding system for air introduced during replace-
ment of the supply side components.
Asticky or malfunctioning relief valve can result in engine
muss, low power or hard starting,
The Bosch P7100 injection pump has a jump-over tube to
route return fual and entrapped air from the pressure
relief valve directly to the supply tank.Section § Fuel System Group 05
B Series Shop Manual
Mount the pump in a suitable bracket and hold pump with
a vise.
19mm
Remove the pressure celief valve and sealing washers.
Remove the ump-over tube.
Thoroughly flush the pressure relief valve with a cleaning
solution
Use a'small screwdriver to check that the check balls not
sticking in the pressure relief valve assembly.
A sticky check ball will result in engine low power and
hard starting
Replace the relief valve assembly if necessary.
Injection Pump Repairs (5-21)
Page 5-49
fedvavm
fapeneeInjection Pump Repatrs (5-21)
Page 5-56
fo
%
Section 5 Fuel System Group 05
B Series Shop Manual
19mm
Install the pressure relief valve, jump-over tube, and seat.
ing washers in the reverse order of removal.
Seal Replacement, Bosch P7100 (5-30)
Item Type of Seal
A O-Ring Seal
B Sealing Washer
c Sealing Washers
(Rubber Coated)
Fuel Inlet Banjo Connector Replacement,
Bosch P7100 (5-31)
19 mm.
Remove the fuel inlet banjo connector and sealing
washers.
Thoroughly flush the inlet connector with a cleaning so-
lution to ensure it 1s not blocked with foreign debris,
Replace the fuel inlet banjo connector if the threads are
ruined.Section 5 Fuel System Group 05
B Serles Shop Manual
19mm
Install the fuel inlet banjo connector and new sealing
washers in the reverse order of removal.
Fuel Shut Off Solenoid Replacement, Bosch
P7100 (5-32)
10mm
Remove and replace the shut off solenoid with the part
number facing outward as illustrated.
Torque Value: 9Nem [7 ttb]
Fuel Shut Off Solenoid Adjustment, Bosch
P7100 (5-33)
NOTE: The fuel pump solenoid must be adjusted on the
vehicle to access the voltage supply.
Connect the solenoid wiring harness to the vehicle wiring
harness.
‘Turn the key to the “ON” position. This will energize the
red (hold) wire and black (common) wire.
This 1s the low current holdin coil and must be energized
continuously dunng this adjustment.
NOTE: Do not turn the key to the ‘'START” position at this,
time. This will energize the white (pull-n) wire
Injection Pump Repairs (6-21
P RepeatInjection Pump Repairs (5-21)
Page 5-52
Section 5 Fuel System Group 05,
B Series Shop Manual
Move the shut off lever by hand to the full run position,
40 mm, 16 mm
Adjust the solenoid linkage to dimension A. Dimension A
Is measured from the bottom surface of the solenoid
mounting bracket to the top of the pivot pin. When prop-
erly adjusted the plunger is magnetically held in with the
shut off lever in the absolute full run position, Turn the
large hex on the end of the plunger to make adjustments,
Solenoid Run Dimension
‘A = 66.9 mra (2.6 in}
Fuel Shut Off Solenoid Bracket Replacement,
Bosch P7100 (5-34)
Praparatory Step:
Remove shut off solenoid,
8 mm, 5mm Allen
Remove and replace the bracket as illustrated
Torque Value: Top Capscrews (2) 7 Nem [5 ft-lb]
Side Capserew (1) 10 Nem [74 ft-lb}
Fuel Pump Shut Off Lever Replacement,
Bosch P7100 (5-35)
Preparatory Step:
Remove the shut off solenoid.Section 5 Fuel System Group 05
B Series Skop Manual
8mm, 10 mm
Remove the capscrews holding the laver bracket to the
lever.
8mm
Remove the capscrew holding the shut off lever to the
shut off shaft.
NOTE: The shut off lever is indexed fo the shaft with a
Woodruff key.
8mm, 10 mm
Install in the reverse order of removal.
Adjust the shut off solenoid. Refer to Procedure (5-29).
Throttle Lever Replacement, Bosch P7100
(5-36)
8mm
Remove and replace the throttle lever as illustrated,
NOTE: The throttle is indexed on the throttle shaft with a
Woodrutt kay.
al
a
Q)
Injection Pump-Repaurs (5-21)
- Page 5-53
>
Bh
abeInjection Pump Repairs (5-21)
Page 5-54
sox
006%
B Series Shop"Manuat
:
Shutdown Solenoid Inspection, Bosch P7100
(5-37)
Engines using the Bosch P7100 fuel injection pump with
the RQVK governor are equipped with the synchro-start
fuel shut off solenoid to actuate the shut off fever. Both 12
volt and 24 volt external fuel shut off solenoids’ are
avallable,
The synchro-start has @ weatherpack connector with 3
wares in it
Color Deseri Weetherpack Port
Black Ground
White Pull In. ‘Be
Red Hold tn "
Wiring Guidelines
Refer to the chart below to find the correct gauge size and
length of continuous wire for the white (pullin) wire, which
connects to the solenoid wiring
Black to Red - Hold In
Black to White ~ Pull In
Length of Wire
0-4.5 ft 0-7.0 ft
Gauge 4 1
NOTE: 14 gauge wire 's required for the red (hold-in) wire,
which connects to the “Fun” terminal on the ignition switch
NOTE: The black (ground) wire must be the same size as the
white (pullin) wire.
Onn ft
10
Solenoid Resistance Check
The synchro-start solenoid can be checked using a volt-
ohmmeter. Check the solenoid resistance,
Resistance
Solenoid Min Ohms
Voltage Pull-tn Hold-in
12 0.22 Ti
24 0.82 a3Section § Fuel System Group 05 Injection Pump Repairs (5-21)
B Series Shop Manual Page 6-55
Solenoid Voltage Check
If the Synchro-Start solenoid checks good, the problem is
with the wiring circuit to the solenoid.
‘To pertorm the solenoid voltage check, connect the wiring
harness and apply voltage to the solenoid with the ignition
key as follows:
1 With the key in the run position, check the voltage
holdun.
2. With the shut down lever held in the shut down posi-
tion, move the key to the start’position and check the
pullin voltage.
Battery Min Voltage
Voltage Putl-In Hold-In
12, 65 4.0
24 13.0 8.0Section 6 - Injectors Group 06
Page 6-1
Section 6 - Injectors - Group 06
Section Contents
Fuel Lines Clean and Inspect...
Fuel Drain Manifold...
High Pressure Fue! Lines
Low Pressure Fuel Lines...
Fuel Transfer Pump Cleaning and Inspecting
Fuel Transfer Pump General information...
Fuel Transfer Pump Identification.....
jon Style Rebulld
Fuel Transfer Pump
‘Assembly
Cleaning...
General Information injectors
Injector Assembly
Injector Clean and inspect...
Injector Disassembly
Injector Service Tools
Injector Testing
Chatter Test,
Injector Group Exploded VIeW «cen
6-12
6-13Injector Service Tools Section 6 Injectors Group 06
Page 6-2 B Series Shop Manua|
Injector - Service Tools
The following special tools are recommended to perform procedures in Group 06. The use of these
tools is shown in the appropriate procedure. These tools can be purchased from your local Cummins
Authorized Repair Location
Too! No. Tool Description Too! Illustration
Injector Tester
3376946
Nozzle Cleaning Kit
3376947
Flexible Injector Puller
3823276Section 6 Injectors Group 06 Injector Group Exploded View
B Series Shop Manual Page 6-2
Injector Group - Exploded View
ft900gr¥
General Information Injectors Section 6 Injectors Group 9
Page os ue 'B Series Shop Manus,
General Information - Injectors
‘The injector needle valve and the nozzietip are machined toa very precise tolerance. Never replace only the needa
valve. Never mix the needle valves and nozzle tips, they are matched sets.
This group provides instructions for disassembly cleaning, assembly and test of the injectors. Also included are
cleaning and inspection procedures for the fuel lines, fuel transfer pump, and fuel filter head.Section 6 Injectors Group 06
B Series Shop Manual
Fuel Transfer Pump General information
Page 6-5
Fuel Transfer Pump - General Information
Fuel Transfer Pump - Identification
The B senes engine uses three different piston style, and one diaphragm style, transfer pumps. The diaphragm
style transfer pump cannot be rebullt.
Piston style transfer pump, Part No, 3918076, 1s offered
as an option on B series engines equipped with distrib-
utor type fuel injection pumps.
NOTE: Part No. 3918076 and 3918000 are identical im ap-
pearance. The pumping spring free length can be measured
to identity the pump.
Fuel transfer pump 3918076 spring free length 53.5 mm
[2 7/64 in).
Piston style transfer pump, Part No. 3918000, 1s used on
the 300 HP marine B series engine.
NOTE: Part No. 3918076 and 3918000 are identical in ap-
pearance. The pumping spring tree length can be measured
to identity the pump.
Fuel transfer pump 3918000 spring free length 58 mm [2
9/32 in]
Piston style transfer pump, Part No. 3917334 and
3921550, 6 used on the 91 B series engine equipped with
the Bosch P7100 in-line injection pumps.
feosona
fs85000"
Fuel Transfer Pump Identification Section 6 Injectors Group 9
Paseo 'B Series Shop Manag,
Diaphragm style transfer pump.
fes0%60Section 6 Injectors Group 06
_ B Senes Shop Manual
Injector - Disassembly
Clean the carbon residue from the nozzle, Use a brass
wire brush and a piece of hardwood dipped in test oll.
Remove the copper sealing washer and discard.
15mm
Clamp the nozzle holder in a soft jawed vise and remove
the nozzle nut
Remove the nozzle needle valve and intermediate plate.
NOTE: To avoid damage place injector nozzle and needle
valve in a suitable bath of clean test oll,
Be
Ry
&
Injector
Disassembly
Page 6-7Injector - Clean and Inspect
Page 6-8
nn
tia00%4
ts
WN
geome)
<3 | coe
svete
Section.6 injectors Group 0g
B Series Shop Manual
Caution: Hold the needle vaive by the stem only. Skin |
olls will corrode the finely lapped surfaces,
Caution: The needle valve and nozzle tip are matched
AX tortie They must not be intermned
Remove the nozzle holder from the vise; then remove the
<9 pressure spindle, pressure spring and stums.
injector - Clean and Inspect
Edge-type filters may be cleaned by applying compressed
air to the fue! passage from the nozzle side of the nozzle
holder. Edge-type filters ace not removable for service.
Rinse new nozzle bodies and needle valves in solvent to
thoroughly flush and completely remove all protective
coating material.Section 6 Injectors Group 06 Injector Clean and Inspect
B Senes Shop Manual Page 6-9
Nozzle Cleaning Kit 3376947
Caution: Never use emery paper or any other metal
scraper to clean the nozzle.
Clean the nozzle seat with scraper as shown dipped in
test oll, Polish the needle seat with the piece of hardwood
dipped in test oil.
E>
Clean the interior nng groove of the nozzle with the scraper
as shown, Rinse in solvent to remove all dirt and carbon
residue and dip in clean test oil.
7 a
san
Clean the spray holes of hole type nozzles as shown with
the appropriate size cleaning needle.
Remove burned-on combustion deposits on all nozzles
with a commercially available cleaner. Rinse all parts in
clean test oil
Clean the needle valve tip with a brass brush. Then,
Inspect for rough surfaces or erosion. The pressure shoul-
der will normally have a rough machined appearance,
NOTE: Deteriorated needle valves must be replaced as a
matched unit with their compatible nozzle body.Injector - Assembly
Page 6-10
A
A
a
Section 6 Injectors Group 0g
B Senes Shop Manus]
Dip the needle vaive in clean test oil and insert the needie
valve all the way into the nozzle body.
Caution: Any needle valve and nozzle body assembly
which cannot pass this test must be replaced.
Pull the needle vaive one-third of the way out of the nozzle
body. The needle valve must slide all the way back into
the nozzie bedy under its own weight.
Ifthe nozzle fails the slide test, clean the nozzle again and
retest it.
Injector - Assembly
NOTE: Make sure all mating surfaces and pressure faces are
absolutely clean and lubricated with fuel oll before
assembled.
Caution: Install the same thickness of shims that were
removedindisassembly. Use the pressure spring to make
sure the shims are installed flat.
gps
Install the shims,Section 6 Injectors Group 06 Injector Assembly
B Series Shop Manual Page 6-11
Clamp the nozzle holder in a soft jawad vise and install jx.
the spindle. Sp
Install the intermediate plate.
Cg
install the needle valve and nozzle assembly. El
ap
15 mm
Install the nozzle nut.
Torque Value: 30 Nem [22 ft-lb]
OSek
ahs. _ me |Injector
Page 6-12
90022
10 Seconds
>>
Section 6 Injectors Group 09
B Series Shop Manuel
seca
injector - Testing
Warning: Keep your body clear of test spray. Flutd can
be injected into the bloodstream causing blood poison-
ing and possible death.
All nozzles must be tested for opening pressure, chatter
and spray pattern,
Check the opening pressure.
a. Open valve
b. Operate lever at one stroke per second.
©. Read pressure indicated when spray begins.
Ifthe opening pressure is out of specification, then change
the shim pack. Adding shims will crease pressure.
Leakage Test:
a, Open valve.
b. Operate lever to hold pressure 20 bar [290 psi}
below opening pressure.
. No drops should fall from the tip within 10 seconds.Section 6 Injectors Group 06 Fuel Transfer Pump Cleaning and Inspectin
B Series Shop Manual Page e183
Chatter Test
‘The chatter test indicates the ability of the needle valve to move freely and correctly atomize the fuel. You should
hear the valve open and should see a well atomized spray pattern.
Used nozzles should not be evaluated for chatter at lower speeds. A used nozzle can generally be used if it passes
the leakage test, chatters audibly at high lever speeds and uniformly atomizes the fuel.
Fuel Transfer Pump - Cleaning and
Inspecting
Visually inspect the fuel transfer pump for obvious cracks
or damage that would prohibit reuse. Inspect the weep
hole area for signs of {uel leakage.
Clean the pump in mineral spirits. Blow dry with com-
pressed air.
Inspect the camshaft lever and the return spring for ex-Fuel Transfer Pump Piston Style Rebuild
Page 6-14
Outlet Fitting Infet Fitting
Hand Prime|
Fitting
(a9ne0
@)
Qo .
Section 6 Injectors Group og
B Series Shop Manu;
To inspect the transfer pump, pour clean diesel fuel or
engine oll into the inlet connection and perform the fol,
lowing test:
Inspect the diaphragm by blocking the fuel inlet line with
your finger and operating the priming lever.
A good pump will have suction that will not bleed down
Until the finger Is removed from the inlet.
‘On diaphragm style fuel transfer pumps, parts replace-
ment is not practical; the pump is serviced as an assem~
bly. An optional piston style pump 1s available which can
be cleaned and repaired with a minor repair kit.
Fuel Transfer Pump - Piston Style
Rebuild
Preparatory Step:
* Clean debris from the fuel line fittings and the fuel
transfer pump.
20 mm, 26 mm Wrench
Caution: The hand-prime fitting and inlet fitting are
spring loaded. Sudden removal of these two fittings can
cause personal injury.
‘Secure the pump ina vise, taking care not to damage the
pump housing.
Remove the rubber boot from the hand-prime fitting.
Remove the three illustrated fittings.
a
i
iSection 6 Injectors Group 06
B Senes Shop Manual
Remove alt internal components of the pump.
NOTE: Make sure the check valve gaskets are removed from
the inlet fitting
(A) Outlet Fitting
(B) Inlet Fitting
(C) Hand Primer Fitting
Cleaning
Thoroughly flush the pump with a cleaning solution to
remove any debris.
Assembly
20 mm, 26 mm Wrench
Assemble the pump with the new components supplied
In the rebuild kit
Check valves
Check valve gaskets
O-ring seal
Outlet fitting/check vaive
“O-ring seal (25 mm)
“O-ring seal (30 mm) or (25 mm)
= O-ring required 1s determined by the size of the inlet
fitting. Discard unused o-ring.
Papens
NOTE: Extreme caution must be used to make sure the
check valves are installed to open in the direction of the fuel
flow.
Improper installation of the check valves will result in low
power from the engine,
Fuel Transfer Pump Piston Style Rebulld
Page 6-15
ns0000Fuel Lines Clean and Inspect Section 6 Injectors Group 0g
Page 6-16 B Series Shop Manual_
Place the pump in’a vise and torque the fittings te the
© wet
(A) Outlet Fitting 30Nem [22 ft-lb] {
(8) Hand-Prime Fitting 30.Nem [22 ft-lb] 4
(©) Inlet Fitting 30Nem [22 ft-lb}
Fuel Lines - Clean and Inspect
High Pressure Fuel Lines
Visually inspect the high pressure fuel lines for obvious
damage such as lines that have bent to facilitate injector
removal. High pressure pulses expand and contract the
injector lines which result in internal flaking at the bent
areas. Bent lines should be replaced.
Wash the fue! lines in clean solvent and blow dry with
compressed ait. Make sure all paint chips are removed.
Visually inspect for cracks at both ends of the fuel lines.Section 6 Injectors - Group 06 Fuel Lines Clean and Inspect
B Series Shop Manual Page 6-17
Caution: The high pressure lines must be clamped se-
curely and routed so they do not contact each other or A
any other component. Inspect for areas of contact that
have worn the material thin.
Inspect the vibration isolators (clamps). Make sure all the
vibration isolators are positioned and tightened properly.
Missing or improperly installed isolators will almost cer-
tainly result in fuel line failure.
Caution: Do not weld or substitute lines; use only the
specified part number for the engine. A
The length, internal size and rigidity of the lines 1s critical
to smooth engine operation. An attached metal tag is
used to identify each line with a part number.
Fuel Drain Manifold
Inspect the fuel drain manifold for cracks and obviousFuel Lines Clean and Inspect Sectlon 6 Injectors Group 0g
Pageéie " B Series Shop Manual
Inspect the sealing surfaces for leak paths,
13 mm.
Inspect the rubber seals, Replace any damaged seals or
seals that are hard or brittle.
Service Tip: Lubricating the seals with clean engine oil
will facilitate the installation,
\ 2 (@
poe a
S
*| OK
90040
Low Pressure Fuel Lines
Wash the low pressure fuel lines in clean solvent. Blow
dry with compressed ait.
SS
@ Visually inspect the lines for obvious damage such as
cracks or worn araas,Section 6 Injectors Group 06 Fuel Lines Clean and Inspect
B Series Shop Manual Page 6-19
17 mm, 16 mm Ql
Inspect the rubber seals, Replace any damaged, hard, or
brittle seals.
Service Tip: Lubricating the seals with clean engine oil
will facilitate the installation. alSection 7 Lubrication Oil System Group 7
B Series Page 7-1
Section 7 - Lubrication Oil System - Group 7
Section Contents
Page
78
78
76
76
Filter Bypass Valve Replace
General Information Lubrication System
Oil Cooler Core ....eresense 7
Oil Filter Head/Pressure Regulator Plunger.
Lubricating Oil Cooler Exploded View. 75
Lubricating Oi! Pump Exploded View 710
Lubrication Oil Pump General Information...... 7A
Oil Cooler Cleaning... . 78
Oil Cooler Inspection ....ensnseisneneninnntnnenennnenne 79
Oil Pan and Suction Tube Cleaning and Inspection seseeeene een 14
Oil Pan and Suction Tube Exploded View......... eovecententnenese 72
Oil Pan and Suction Tube General Information ... . wo TB
Oil Pump Inspection... . TAD
Pressure Regulator Valve Assembly 78
Pressure Regulator Valve Disassembly. eeseenennee . cad
Pressure Regulator Valve - inspection... v7Oi! Pan and Suction Tube Exploded View
Page 7-2
Oil Pan and Suction Tube - Exploded View
Section 7 Lubrication Oil System Group 7
B Series.
op900gr
Ref. No. Part Name Qty. Remarks,
7 Pan, Oil 1
2 Plug, Threaded 1 Mi8 1.5.x 12mm
3 ‘Washer, Sealing 1 4.5mm thick, 18.40 1.D.
4 Screw, Hexagon Head Cap 3 M8 1.25 x 16mm
5 Connection, Oil Suction 1
6 Screw, Hexagon Head Cap 36 M8 1.25 x 20mm
7 Washer, Spring 36
8 Washer, Sealing 1 22.2 1.D. x 1.5mim thick
9 Plug, Threaded 1 M22 x 1.5 mm
10 Gasket, Oil Pan 1
"1 Gasket, Flange 1
:Section 7 Lubrication Oil System Group 7 Oil Pan and Suction Tube General Information
B Series Page 7-3
Oil Pan and Suction Tube - General Information
The 8 Series engine is available with various oil pan/suction tube configurations based on the customer's needs;
1.@., oil capacity angularity limits, drain plug location, etc. However ail the oil pans fall into two basic types, center
sump and front or rear sump. Both types of oil pans can be rotated front to back to meet vanous installation
requirements such as moving a drain plug to @ specific side or front and rear sump requirements.ll Pan and Suction Tube Cleaning and Inspection (7-01) Section 7 Lubrication Oll System Group 7
Page 7-4 B Seri
Oil Pan and Suction Tube - Cleaning
and Inspection (7-01)
Steam clean the pan and suction tube.
Inspect the pan for cracks and damaged threads.
ZS) _ Inspect the oil suation tube and brace for cracks. Do not
| reuse a cracked oil suction tube or brace.
Also check the block mounting surface for damage.Section 7 Lubrication Oll System Group 7 Lubricating Oil Cooler Exploded View
B Series Page 7-8
Lubricating Oi) Cooler - Exploded View
le900gs
Hef. No. Part Name Qty. Remarks.
T ‘Screw, Hex Flange Head Cap 14, MB x 1.25 x 35
2 Valve, Bypass
3 Spning, Compression
4 Plug, Pipe
5 Head, Lub Oil Filter
6
7
8
9
1/8 NPT
1
1
1
1
Adapter, Filter Head (Not Replaceable) 1
Core, Cooler 1
Gasket, Filter Head 1
1
1
1
1
1
Plug, Threaded M22 x 1.50
10 Seal, O Ring
1 Plunger, Prs Regulator
12 Gasket, Oil Cooler Core
13 Cartridge, Lub Oit FitterGenerat Information Lubrication System Section 7 Lubncation Oil System Group 7,
Page 7-6 B Series.
General Information - Lubrication System
Oil Cooler Core
The B Series engine uses a full flow plate type oil cooler The oil flows through the element where it 1s cooled
by engine coolant flowing past the plates of the element.
The four cylinder engine uses five plates. The six cylinder engine uses seven plates.
NOTE: Some engines use a jumper plate in place af an oll coolerSection 7 Lubrication Ol! System Group 7 Prassure Regulator Valve Disassembly (7-02)
B Series. Page 7-7
Pressure: Regulator Valve - Disassem-
bly (7-02)
19 mm
Remove the plug and sealing washer.
Remove the spring and plunger.
Pressure Regulator Valve - Inspection
(7-03)
Inspect the plunger bore tor nicks or scratches.
The plunger must move freely in the bore.Pressure Regulator Valve Assembly (7-04)
Page 7-8
Section 7 Lubrication OW System Grounig
Series,
Check the pressure regulator spring at the following two
heights.
Free Length 60.6 mm [2.38 in]
Limit F
1991 é
© 44.5 mm [1752 in] Min. Load 105 N [23.6 (ib)
(regulator valve opens)
© 41.25 mm [1.624 in] Min. Load 142 N [32 Ib] (regu.
lator valve seated)
Free Length 66 mm [2.59 in]
(1994)
© 44.5 mm [1.752 in] Mi
(regulator valve opens)
+ 41.25 mm [1.624 in] Min. load 137 N [30.8 Ibf]
(regulator valve seated).
Load 116 N [26.1 Ibfj
Pressure Regulator Valve - Assembly
(7-04)
RQ] som
Install the valve.
V7 Torque Value: 80 Nem [59 ft-lb]
Filter Bypass Valve - Replace (7-05)
Ro Remove the valve from the cooler cover.Section 7 Lubrication Oll System Group 7 O11 Cooler Cleaning (7-06)
B Series 7-
Page
Drive the new valve in until it bottoms against the step in
the bore.
Oil Cooler - Cleaning (7-06)
Plug the cooler and soak it in a cleaning solution to [C
remove the coolant deposits.
Remove the plugs and soak the cooler in solvent.
The cooler can be cleaned in a hot tank
Back flush the oil passages with clean solvent and use
compressed air to dry.
Oil Cooler - Inspection (7-07)
Inspect the soldered joints for carrasion or cracks. @ll Coaler Inspection (7-07) Section 7 Lubrication Oil System Gro
Page 7-10 8 ‘Sores
Pressurize the cooler to 483 kPa [70 psi} and check forSection 7 Lubrication Oil System Group 7 Lubricating Oil Pump Exploded View
B Series Page 7-11
Lubricating Oil Pump - Exploded View
Ret. No. Part Name ay. Remarks
1 Pump, Lube 1 (Note 1)
2 Body, Lube Pump 1
3 Bearing, Sleeve 1
4 Shaft, Lube Pump iaier 1
5 Plug, Oil Rifle 1
6 Screws 2
7 Shaft, Lube Pump 1
8 Gear, Lube Pump Drive 2
9 Gear, Lube Pump tdier 1
10 Key, Woodruff 1
1" Gerotor, Driver 1
12 Gerotor, Planetary 1
43 Plate, Lube Pump Back i
14 Screw, Hex Hd Cap 4 M8-1.25x30
Note 1 Item 4 1s available as an assembly only. Exploded view is shown for information purposes.Lubrication Ol! Pump General Information Section 7 Lubrication Oll System
Page 7-12
Lubrication Oil Pump - General Information
It is not practical to rebuild the gerotor pump. It can be reused if it meets the inspection criteria.
There are two basic B Series lubrication pumps one for the four cylinder and one for the six cylinder.
‘The gerotor width on the four cylinder pumps 1s narrower than in the six cylinder pumps.
Group 7
B SertegSection 7 - Lubrication Oll System Group 7 ll Pump Inspection (7-08)
B Series Pago 7-13
Oil Pump - Inspection (7-08)
Visually inspect the lube pump gears for chips, cracks, or
excessive Wear.
Remove the sealing plate.
Maik “‘top”’ on the gerotor planetary.
Remove the gerotor planetary.
Inspect for excessive wear or scoring.
X
900mSection 7 Lubrication Oll System Group 7
B Sones
Clean all parts in solvent and use compressed air to dry,
Inspect the pump housing and gerotor drive for damage
and excessive wear.
Be sure the gerotor planetary is installed in the onigi-
nal position.
Gl Install the gerotor planetary.
fap
Measure the tip clearance.
Tip Clearance
om in
0.1778 MAX 10.007}Section 7 Lubrication Oll System Group-7
B Series
Measure the clearance of the gerotor drive/gerotor plan-
etary to port plate.
Port Plate Clearance
mm in
0.127 MAX [0.005]
Measure the clearance of the gerotor planetary to the
body bore,
Body Bore Clearance
mm mn
0.381 MAX [0.015}
Measure the gears backlash
Limits for a “Used Pump"
0.076 0.33 mm
[0.003 0.013 in}
NOTE: Prevent movement of the adjoining gear when check-
ing backlash or the reading will be the tolal of both gears.
Install the lube pump back plate.
Ol! Pump Inspection (7-08)
Page 7-15
@®
(poepnsSection 8 Cooling System Group 8
B Series Shop Manual Page 8-1
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 8
Section Contents
Belt Tensioner Inspection...
Belt Tensioner and Fan Hub Exploded View...
Belt Tensioner and Fan Hub General information
Belt Tensioner ...
Fan Hub Disassembly
Fan Hub Inspection ..
Fan Hub Assembly
General Information About Fans ..
Thermostat Inspection .....
ate
B43
Thermostat Housing Assembly Exploded View . a sos BF
Thermostat Housing Assembly General information. 12
Water Pump Exploded View... one a 82
Water Pump General Information... os . 83
a 7 84
Water Pump Inspection - seenSection 8 Cooling System Group 9
Water Pump Exploded View
Page8-2 B Series Shop Manual
Water Pump - Exploded View
jet
Ref. No. I Part Name ary. Remarks
1 Pump, Water 1
2 Seal, Rectangplar Ring 4 5.16 min Thick
a Screw, Hex Hd Cap 2 M8-1.25x22 |Section 8 Cooling System Group 8 Water Pump General Information
B Series Shop Manual Page 8-3
Water Pump - General Information
The water pump 1s a belt driven, centrifugal type pump with the inlet and bypass line as an integral part of the
cylinder block,
Its not practical o replace the parts in the pump, the water pump 1s serviced as an assembly ReCon® wates pumps
are available from Cummins Distributors and Dealers.Water Pump Inspection (8-01)
Page 8-4
od
Cooling §)
B Serres Shop
Water Pump - Inspection (8-01)
@ Inspect the impeller blades for wear or corrosion.
4, Inspect for tree rotation of the pump.
©
Check the weep hole for evidence that the seal has been
Teaking.
Parts replacement is not practical: the water pump Is,
serviced as an assembly.Cooling System Belt Tensioner and Fan Hub Exploded View
B Series Shop Manual Page 8-5
Belt Tensioner and Fan Hub - Exploded View
#a900gx
Ref. No. Part Name [ Qty. Remarks,
1 ‘Support, Fan q ‘Mounts to block.
2 Bearing, Ball 1
3 Hub, Fan 1 27.0 mm Thick, 25.4 mm Dia. Shaft
4 Retainer, Fan 1
5 Screw, Hex Hd Cap 1 M12-1.75x70 mm
6 Screw Hex Hd Cap i MB-1.25x75 mm
7 Screw, Hex Hd Cap 3 M8-1.25x30 mm
8 Pulley, Fan 1
9 Piate, Clamping 1
10 Screw, Cap 4 MB-#.25x20 mm
n Screw, Cap 4 M8-1.25x16 mm
12 Bracket, Belt Tens. i
13 Screw, Flat Head Cap 2 M8-1.25x25
14 Tensioner, Belt 1
15 Screw, Hex Hd Cap 1 M10-1.5x61.86 mm
16 Belt, V-ribbed t 1524 mm LongBelt Tensioner and Fan Hub General Information Cooling System
Page 8-6 B Series Shop Manual
Belt Tensioner and Fan Hub - General Information
Belt Tensioner
The only practical repair for tensioners 1s pulley replacement.
Slight vanations exist in the pulley removal and installation for each pulley version.
Itthe pulley exhibits excessive wear _a special service tensioner is available which features a hardened pulley with
Increased resistance to wearCooling System
B Series Shop Manual
Fan Hub - Inspection (8-02)
Inspect for free rotation of the fan hub shaft.
Check the end of the bearing for evidence that the lubri-
cant has leaked. Rebuild or replace as required.
Inspect the fan hub bearing for wear. The bearing should
have a minimal amount of side to side or end play move-
ment. Replace the bearings if more than a minimal amount
can be felt.
Fan Hub - Disassembly (8-03)
16 mm
Secure fan hub and remove the center bolt and retainer.
Snap Ring Pliers
If the assembly 1s equipped with snap rings, remove the
snap ring as illustrated.
Fan Hub Inspection (e-02
Page 8-
sipeeeFan Hub Assembly’ (8-04)
Page 8-8
Q)
Q)
cy
B
&R
Be
Cooling S)
B Series Shop.
1 inch Drift
‘Support the fan hub bracket housing and press out the
shaft/hub.
Approximately 6 tons of pressure is required.
‘Snap Ring Pliers
‘Turn the bracket housing over and remove the snap ring
It so equipped.
2 inch Pipe
Press on the ©.D. of the bearing to remove from the
housing.
Fan Hub Assembly (8-04)
Snap Ring Pliers
If the bracket housing 1s equipped for snap rings, install
the front snap ning,Cooling System
B Series Shop Manual
2 Inch Pipe
Press the bearing flush with the front of the housing or to
the snap ring.
Snap Ring Pliers
Install the second snap ring if so equipped.
‘Supporting the bearing inner race with a 1.25 inch pipe
coupling, press the hub/shaft in until it bottoms on the
bearing.
16 mm
Secure the assembly and install the retainer and center
bolt. Tighten to 77 Nem [87 ft-lb}.
Fan Hub Assembly (8-04)Belt Tensioner Inspection (8-05)
Page 8-10 ection (8-05)
Cooling System
B Series Shop Manual
Belt Tenstoner - Inspection (8-05)
Inspect the pivot tube area of the tensioner for excessive
wear evidenced by an elongated hole. If the tensioner
exhibits excessive Wear, it must be replaced.
Roll the bearing and check that it rotates freely with no
rough spots.Cooling System Thermostat Housing Assembly Exploded View
B Series Shop Manual Page 8-11
Thermostat Housing Assembly - Exploded View
th900gm
Ref. No. Part Namo Qty. Remarks
7 Housing, Thermostat 1
2 Gasket, Thermostat Housing 1
3 Sorew, Hex Hd Cap 1 MB-1.25x95
4 Screw, Hex Hd Cap 2 MB-1.25x70
5 Bracket, Lifting 1
6 Thermostat Coolant 1Cooling System
Thermostat Housing Assembly General Information
B Series Shop Mantisl
Page 8-12
Thermostat Housing Assembly - General Information I
A pressure balanced thermostat is used on the B Series.
No special orientation 1s required with the new thermostat. The thermostat is compatible with thermostat housings
which have a groove cut for the old thermostat tang.Cooling System Thermostat Inspection (8-06)
B Series Shop Manual Page.8-13
Thermostat - Inspection (8-06)
Visually inspect the thermostat for obvious damage such
as obstructions caused by debris, broken springs, or stuck
or missing vent pins.
New old
The thermostat can be checked for correct operation.
Requirements
Start to open at 83°C [181°F]
Fully open at 95°C [203°F].:
General Information About Fans Cooling System
Page 8-14 B Series Shop Manual
General Information About Fans
Warning: Never attempt to rotate the engine by pullling or prying on the fan. This practice can result in
serious personal injury and damage to the fan. Use only the proper engine barring techniques to manually
rotate the engine.
Check the fan for missing balance weights at each regular maintenance interval. Do not attempt to reparr broken
or bent fans, or fans with missing balance weights.
Most equipment that has a Cummins engine uses a radiator and a fan. The radiator and fan transfer heat from
the cooling water to the atmosphere. The fan selection process must conclude that the fan,’the fan mounting
arrangement, and the fan dnve system are designed and matched for compatibility
Upon request, Cummins Application Engineering Department will assist in determining the proper selection. Refer
any fan changes other than the direct replacement of a fan with precisely the same Cummins part number to the
Cummins Application Engineering Department for prior approval.
Examples that require approval are,
Using an approved fan from one engine model on a different engine model.
Using an approved fan on an engine with a different fan mounting arrangement
Using an approved fan on an engine with a different fan drive arrangement.
Rona
Converting an engine from one market model to another An example is the converston of a G-drive engine to
@ power unit application’
5. Converting an engine model to a different’ model. An example 1s converting a 6875.9 to a 6BTAS.9.
This list is not inclusive. Always contact Application Engineering for assistance.
At times an existing fan can yreld ONLY marginal cooling capability when being considered for a new application.
Ly Caution: Never repitch (bend) the blades to obtain additional air delivery. Bending the blades or spider
creates stress in the material used for the construction of the fan. Repitching (bending) will cause fan
failure. The proper diameter fan must be selected. Never modify an existing fari.
Application Engineering will provide assistance in the selection of a fan with the correct pitch and diameter for
proper coolingSection 9 Drive Units - Group 9
8 Senes Shop Manual Page 9-1
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 9
Section Contents
Page
Accessory Drive Cleaning...
Accessory Drive Inspection ... .
Accessory Drive Adapter Exploded View...
Accessory Drive Adaptor Assembly
Accessory Drive Adaptor Disassembly.
Drive Units General Information...
Agcessory Drive AdapterAccessory Drive Adapter Exploded View Section 9 Drve Units Group 9
Page 9-2 8 Series Shop Manual
Accessory Drive Adapter - Exploded View
ci900g¢
Ref. No. Part Name Remarks
‘Adapter, Accessory Drive
Bearing
Shatt, Accessory Drive
Gear, Accessory Drive
Gasket, PTO Drive Cover
Screw, Hex Hd Gap
Gasket, PTO Drive Cover
Plate, PTO Drive Cover
Screw, Hex Hd Cap
©orvanson4|Seetion 9. Drive Units Group 9 Drive Units General information
B Sertes Shop Manual Page 9-3
Drive Units - General Information
Accessory Drive Adapter
‘A gear driven adapter provides accessory drive capability of up to 142 Nem [108 ft. Ib.] of torque. The accessory
drive 1s equipped with either SAE A or B flange adapters,Accessory Drive Cleaning (9-01)
Section 9 - Drive Units Group 9
B Series Shop Manual
Accessory Drive - Cleaning (9-01)
Clean the Accessory Drive with clean solvent and blow
dry with compressed air
Accessory Drive - Inspection (9-02)
Visually inspect for obvious damage such as cracks, bro-
ken teeth and damaged threads.
Rotate the gear and inspect for rough spotsin the bearing
Accessory Drive Adaptor - Disassem-
bly (9-03)
1.25 inch Pipe Coupling
Support the housing. Press the bearing, shaft, and gear
9 assembly tram the housing.
Approximately 4 tans of force 1s required.Section 9 Drive Units Group 9 Accessory Drive Adaptor Assembly (9-04)
B Series Shop Manual Page 8.
1 inch Dritt
Press the shaft and bearing assembly out of the gear.
1 inch Drift
‘Support the bearing assembly and press the shatt from
the bearing.
Accessory Drive Adaptor - Assembly
(9-04) :
1.25 inch Pipe Coupling Q
‘Support the inner race of the new bearing and press the >
shaft into the bearing until the shaft bottoms on the inner
race,
Z. ote
2 inch Pipe
Caution: Press on the outer race of the bearing assem-
bly. Pressing on the Inner race will damage the bearing.
‘Support the housing and press the bearing and shaft
assembly 1n until it bottoms.
aceAccessory Drive Adaptor Assembly (9-04) Section 9 Pee unis, Group 8
Page 9-6
1.25 inch Pipe Coupling
Support the bottom of the shaft with a 1.25 inch pipe
Zs, coupling and press the gear on untilit bottoms against the
Se inner-bearing race.
TemSection 10 Air Intake System Group 10
B Series Shop Manual Page 10-1
Section 10 - Air Intake System - Group 10
Section Contents
Page
10-6
10-6
10-7
10-8
10-8
10-8
10-2
10-4
10-7
10-7
Attercooler Assembly Cleaning and inspection for Reuse.
Inspection.
Attercooler Assembly Rebuild...
Aur Crossover Tube Cleaning and Inspection for Reuse...
Cleaning.
Inspection.
Air Intake System Exploded View .
Air Intake System General Information
pe Cleaning and Inspection for REUSE worn nn
Air Transter
Cleaning, .
Inspection coe . . 108
Charge Air Cooler (cAc) Cleaning and Inspection f for REUSE oo esesornnen . . ceeees 108
Cleaning... ceceep 108
Inspection . voce 10-9
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Pressure TeStING ven 10-9
Turbacharger Cleaning and Inspection for Reuse nnn . 10-5
femme ceteecenes 105
InspectionAir Intake System Exploded View Section 10 Air Intake System Group 19
Page 10-2 B Series Shop Manual
Air Intake System - Exploded View
S77 cauTion
GE code ounma rus|
20
img00ga |Section 10 Alr Intake System Group 10 Air Intake System Exploded View
B Sores Shop Manual Page 10-3
Ref. No. Part Name Req. Remarks
1 Turbocherger 1
2 | Gasket, Turbocharger 1
3 | stud 4
4 Nut, Hexagon Flange 4
5 Manifold, Exhaust 1
6 Gasket, Exhaust Manifold 6
7 Screw, Hexagon Head Cap 12 | M10 1.5x 70mm
8 Aftercoole: 1
9 Gasket, Int Manifold Cover 1
10 Screw, Hexagon Head Cap 14 | MB 1.25 x 26mm
1" Connection, Air Crossover 1
12 Gasket, Connection 1
13 Screw, Hexagon Head Cap 4 | MB 1.25 x 25mm
14 Hose, Plain 2
15 Clamp, Hose 4
16 Tube, Air 1
18 Plug. Pipe 1
19 Draincock 1
20 Decal 1
at Hose, Flexible 1
22 Connector Female 1
23 Connection, Tur Oil Drain 1
24 Gasket, Oil Drain 1
25 Screw, Hexagon Head Cap 2 | MB 1.25 x 20mm
26 Hose, Plain 1
20. Clamp, Hose 2
28 Tube, Tur Gil Drain 1
29 Hose, Elbow 1
30 Tube, Aftercooler 1
31 Coupling, Plain Hose 1
32 Hose, Molded 1
33 Hose, Plain 1
34 Clamp, Hose 6Aur Intake System General Information Section 10 Air Intake System Group 10
Page 10-4 B Series Shop Manual
Air Intake System - General Information
The air intake system for the B Series turbocharged and aftercooled engines, Models 48TA3.9 and 6BTAS.9,
consists of the aftercooler and connections, air crossover hardware, turbocharger, and associated hardware.
The turbocharged engines, Models 4873.9 and 6BTS.9 use a manifold cover in place of the aftercooler,
The air intake system for the naturally aspirated engines, Models 483.9 and 6B5.9 consists of the manifold cover
mounted to the Intake manifold in the cylinder head.
The air intake system for the 8 Series automotive engines, Models 83.9 and 85.9, consists of the turbocharger,
the charge air cooler, turbocharger-to-charge air cooler hardware, charge air cooler-to-intake manifold cover
hardware, intake manitold cover, and associated hardware. On the higher horsepower ratings of the B5.9 engine,
the turbocharger 1s equipped with a wastegate which limits the amount of boost pressure.
The turbocharger Is cooled and lubricated with engine
The instructions for rebuilding the turbocharger are printed in Turbocharger Shop Manual Bulletin No. 3610321
from the engine lubricating system.
Caution: If the engine experlences a turbocharger fallure or any other occasion where ol or debris can enter
the charge air cooler (CAC), the CAC must be cleaned (refer to Procedure 10-08).Section 10 Air Intake System Group 10 Turbocharger Cleaning and Inspection for Reuse (1
B Series Shop Manual
Turbocharger - Cleaning and Inspec-
tion for Reuse (10-01)
Remove all carbon deposits and gasket material from
surfaces (1), (2), and (3).
Warning: When using a steam cleaner, wear protective
clothing and safety glasses or a face shield. Hot steam
will cause serious personal injury.
Caution: Tape or plug all openings to prevent solvent or
steam from damaging the oil cavities in the turbocharger.
Use solvent or steam to clean the exterior of the turbo
charger. Dry with compressed ar
Inspection
Visually inspect the housings for damage.
Visually inspect the turbine wheel and compressor im-
peller (1) for fretting, cracked or broken vanes.
Turn the impeller in the direction shown with arrow (2), to
inspect the turbine shaft for freedom of rotation. The shaft
must rotate freely.
Replace damaged parts.
Measure the turbocharger shaft end clearance with the
Part No, ST-537 Dial Depth Gauge.
Push the rotor assembly away from the gauge.
Set the gauge on zero.
Push the rotor assembly toward the gauge and record the
data.
End Play
mm m
0.03 MIN 0.001)
0.08 MAX {0.003}
01)
Page 10-5Aftercooler Assembly Cleaning.and Inspection for Reuse (10-02)
Page 10-6
SE
A
3
Section 10 Air Intake System Grou
B Sertes Shop Manual
Push the compressor impeller by hand toward the com-
Pressor housing.
Install a wire feeler gauge, at the minimum clearance
point, between the impeller and the housing to measure
the clearance.
Record this clearance.
With the feeler gauge in the same location, push the
turbine wheel by hand away from the compressor hous-
ing.
Install a wire feeler gauge, at the same point.
Record this clearance.
Subtract the smaller from the larger clearance.
Radial Clearance
mm i)
0.30 MIN (0.012)
0.46 MAX 0.018)
If the radial clearance does not meet the above specifi-
cations, the turbocharger must be rebuilt. Refer to Turbo-
charger Components Shop Manual, Bulletin No. 3810321
for rebuild instructions.
Aftercooler Assembly - Cleaning and
Inspection for Reuse (10-02)
Remove all gasket material from the mounting surfaces.
Warning: When using a steam cleaner, wear protective
clothing and safety glasses or a face shield. Hot steam
will cause serious personal injury.
Use solvent or steam to clean the aftercooler assembly.
Bry with compressed arr.
Inspection
Visually inspect the aftercooler assembly for cracks or
damage. Replace if damaged.Section 10.- Air Intake System Group 10
B Senes Shop Manual
Pressure Test the Aftercooler Core
Install the hose, hose clamps, and solid pipe plug (1) onto
the inlet tube,
Install the hose and hose clamps (2), and air pressure
gauge (3) onto the outlet tube,
Connect the air pressure gauge to a regulated air supply.
Aw Pressure: 552 kPa [50 psi]
Submérge the aftercooler in a tank of water.
it air bubbles appear, the core is damaged and the af-
tercooler must be replaced,
Remove the aftercooler from the water tank.
Remove the test equipment.
Use compressed air and dry the aftercooler.
Aftercooler Assembly - Rebuild (10-03)
Caution: The aftercooler is a unitized assembly anid can-
not be rebuilt. Any attempt to repair the aftercooler core
will reduce the coolant flow and cause future engine
damage.
Refer to Aftorcooler Assembly ‘Cleaning and Inspection
for Reuse (10-02),
Air Transfer Pipe - Cleaning and
Inspection for Reuse (10-04)
Cleaning
Warning: When using a steam cleaner, wear protective
clothing and safety glasses or a face shield. Hot steam
will cause serious personal injury.
Use solvent or steam to clean the air transfer pipe. Dry.
with compressed air.
Rebuild (10-03)
Page 10-7
Aftercooler AssemblyAtt Crossover Tube Gleantng and inspection for Reuse (10-05) Section 10 Air Intake System Group 19
Page 10-8
Brox
antes
B Series Shop Manual
inspection
Visually inspect the turbocharger compressor V-bandout.
let and the arr transfer pipe connection for dents or fret.
ting.
Replace the turbocharger compressor housing or air
transfer pipe, if damaged.
Air Crossover Tube - Cleaning and
Inspection for Reuse (10-05)
Cleaning
Warning: When using a steam cleaner, wear protective
clothing and safety glasses or a face shield. Hot steam
will cause Serious personal injury.
Use solvent or steam to clean the air crossover tube. Dry
with compressed a's
Inspection
Visually inspect the air crossover tube for cracks or dam-
age.
Visually snspect the hose sealing surfaces for pitting or
damage. Replace damaged parts.
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) - Cleaning
and Inspection for Reuse. (10-06) ;
Cleaning
Caution: If the engine experiences a turbocharger fal
ure or any other occasion where oil or debris ts put into
the CAC, the CAC must be cleaned.
Remove the CAC from the vehicle. Reter te the vehicle
manufacturer for instructions.Section 10 Air Intake System Group 10
B Series Shop Manual
Caution: Do not use caustic cleaners to clean the CAC.
Damage to the CAC witl result.
NOTE: Make sure that the tubes are in the vertical direction
when flushing.
Flush the CAC internally with solvent in the opposite
Girection of normal air flow. Shake the CAC and lightly tap
on the end tanks with a rubber mallet to dislodge trapped
debris. Continue flushing until ali debris or oil is removed
NOTE: If internal debris cannot be removed, scrap the CAC.
Use a flashlight and mirror to visually inspect the CAC for
internal.debris.
After the CAC has been thoroughly cleaned of all oi! and
debris with solvent, wash the CAC internally with hot
soapy water to remove the remaining solvent. Rinse thor-
oughly with clean water.
Blow compressed air into the CAC in the opposite direc
tion of normat ate flow until the GAC 1s dry internally.
Cauilon: The CAC must be rinsed, ded, and free of
solvent, oll, and debris or engine damage will result.
Inspection
Visually inspect the CAC for cracks, holes or damage.
Inspect the tubes, fins and welds for tears, breaks or other
damage. If any damage causes the CAC to ail the arr leak
check mentioned in Procedure (10-07), the CAC must be
replaced,
Install the CAC on the vehicle. Refer to the vehicle manu-
facturer for instructions.
Charge Air Cooler {CAC) - Pressure
Testing (10-07)
To check the charge air cooler for gracked tubes or header,
remove the inlet and outlet hoses from the CAC,
Remove the charge air cooler. Refer to the vehicle manu-
facturer for instructions.
Charge Asr Coater (CAC)
Pressure Testing (10-0:Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Pressure Testing (10-07)
Page 10-10
gp
ce)
Section 10 Air Intake System Group 4
B Series Shop Manu
3824556 Test Kit
Install a cap over the outlet side of the CAC. Install ¢
pressure gauge, air supply, and air pressure regulator to
the inlet side of the cooler.
Warning: To prevent possible injury if elther plug blows
off during the test, secure safety chains on the test plugs
to any convenient capscrew on the radiator assembly,
This test must be performed with securely fastened satety
chains.
Apply 207 kPa [30 psi] of air pressure to the cooler. Close
the air pressure regulator. ]
Monitor the pressure gauge and determine the rate of
pressure decay with a stop watch
If the pressure decay 1s 49 kPa [7 psi] or less in 15
seconds, the cooler is okay. If the pressure drop 1s greater
than 49 kPa [7 psi] in 15 seconds, check alf connections,
again.
Determine if pressure decay 1s caused by a leak in the
CAC or from a leaky connection. Use a spray bottle filled
with soapy water applied to all hose cennections, and.
watch for bubbles to appear at the location of thé leak.
Il the pressure decay 1s caused by a leaky connection,
repair the connection and repeat the test. If the leak 1s,
within the CAC, repeat the test to verify the-accuracy of
the pressure decay measurement. Similar pressure de-
cay readings must be obtained at least three consecutive
tests before the reading can be considered accurate,
If the pressure drop 1s greater than 49 kPa [7 psi] in 15
seconds, the CAC must be replaced.
Refer to the manufacturer's repair manual for repalce-
ment instructions. .
NOTE: Charge air coolers are not designed to be 100% leak
free. If the pressure decay 1s less than 49 kPa [7 psi in 15
seconds, then the CAC does not need to be replaced.Section tt Exhaust System Group 11
B Senes Shop Manual Page 11-1
Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11
Section Contents
Page
Exhaust Manifold Exploded View . 1-2
Exhaust Manifold Inspection 1-4
Generai information . 13
Exhaust Manifold... 13
Turbocharger Mounting Stud Replacement......c.00. 1-4Exhaust Manifold Exploded View
Page 11-2
g
Section 11 Exhaust System Group 11
B Series Shop Manual
Exhaust Manifold - Exploded View
xmg00gn
Ref. No.
Part Name.
1g
Remarks
tdcovonsen4|
Brace, Exh. Out Conn.
Screw, Hex Hd Cap
Connection, Exh. Out
Clamp, V Band
Pipe, plug
Gasket, turbocharger
Stud
Nut
Manifold, exhaust
Screw, Hex Hd Cap
Gasket, manifold
oRsaess4n04
90 degree turbo exhaust elbowSection 11 Exhaust System - Group 11 General Information
B Series Shop Manual Page 11-3
General Information
Exhaust Manifold
The 8 sentes engine uses a pulse-type manifold with a divided turbocharger entry passage (exhaust manitold
outlet). Multiple turbocharger locations are available to suit space constraints of various installations. Center front,
rear and high, low turbo mounting focations are offered
Warping can be corrected by machining or grinding the sealing surfaces to the flatness specification.Exhaust Manifold Inspection (11-01) Section 11 Exhaust System Group 11
jertes Shop Manual
Page 11-4
Exhaust Manifold Inspection (11-01)
Inspect the Exhaust Manifold for cracks, burn-out, or dam.
aged threads.
Place straight edge across the exhaust ports. The maxi-
mum allowable clearance between the manifold and
straight edge is 0.10 mm [0.004 inch]
Turbocharger Mounting Stud Replace-
ment (11-02)
Inspect the turbocharger studs for damaged threads.
To repiace the studs, use tWo nuts Jam locked on to the
stud
Before installing the studs, coat the threads with anti-
sieze compound.Section 12 Air Equipment Group 12
B Sertes Shop Manual Page 12-1
Section 12 - Air Equipment - Group 12
Section Contents
Page
‘Aw Compressor Cleaning and inspection for Reuse. 123
Inspection. 123
Aur Equipment General Information ..... 122
‘Air Compressor 122pment Group 12
Air Equipment General Information Section 12. Air
ries Shop Manual
Page 12-2
Air Equipment - General Information
Air Compressor
The air equipment group consists of Cummins single and two cylinder air compressors, compressor check valves
and air and coolant piping. Two cylinder air compressors used on B & C engines are normally manufactured by
Bendix & Midland
The air compressor ts lubricated by engine lubricating oil which enters the compressor through a drilling in the
support. The oil lubricates the connecting rod bearings and the crankshaft, The oil then flows to the air compressor
crankcase and returns to the engine through a drain passage located in the air compressor support.
The air compressor 1s cooled by the engine coolant. Only the cylinder head ts cooled on most single cylinder air
compressors. Both the cylinder head and cylinders are normally cooled on the two cylinder air compressor
ns, and repair of Cummins air compressors are contained in the following
Service information, specific
publications:
Holset SS191 Single Cylinder
8.5 CFM Air Compressor
Rebuild Manual
Bulletin # 3810433
Holset SS296 Single Cylinder
13.2 C.F.M. Air Compressor
Bulletin # 3810242
Holset SS338 Single Cylinder
15.0 CFM Air Compressor
Bulletin # 3810457
Instructions for testing and repairing air cranking motors and air compressors not manufactured by Cummins, can
be obtained from the original equipment manufacturers.
The following list contains the addresses of suppliers of air equipment for use on Cummins engines:
U.S.A. Canada
Bendix H.V.S.G. Bendix H.V.S.G.
901 Cleveland St. P.O. Box 5712
Elyria, OH 44036 1005 Wilton Grove Rd.
Attention: Technical Services Dept. London Ontario, Canada N6A4S8
Engine Starting Systems Attention: Technical Services Dept.
Allen and Martinsville Rd.
P.O. Box 1776 International
Liberty Gomer‘ Nd 97888: Bendix H.V.S.G. Europe Ltd.
Midland Brake, Inc. 66 Grosvenor St.
490 South Chestnut St. London, England W1X90B
Owosso, MI 48867 Attention: Technical Services Dept.Section 12 A Equipment Group 12
B Series Shop Manual
Air Compressor - Cleaning and
Inspection for Reuse (12-01)
Remove all gasket material from the sealing surtaces.
Warning: When using a steam cleaner, wear protective
clothing and safety glasses or a face shield. Hot steam
will cause serious personal injury.
Caution: Seal all openings with tape to prevent damage
from solvent or steam entering the oll passages inthe air
compressor.
Use solvent or steam to clean the air compressor. Dry with
compressed air,
Inspection
Visually inspect the compressor housing for cracks of
damage.
Visually inspect the compressor gear drive for cracks or
broken teeth.
Visually inspect the fuel pump drive hub or spider cou-
piing for wear or damage.
Power Steering Coupling (if Applicable}
Inspect the coupling for wear or cracks.
Replace the coupling if damaged.
A
A
|
Aw Compressor - Cleaning and Inspection for Reuse (12-01)
Page 12-3Air Compressor Cleaning and Inspection for Reuse (12-01) Section 12 Air Equipment Group 12
Page 12-4 B Series Shop Manual
Power Steering Adapter
Inspect and replace the adapter if any damage 1s found.
Measure the single cylinder air compressor crankshaft
end clearance.
Crankshaft End Clearance
mm in.
0.05 MIN 0,002
0.15 MAX 0.008
ratingSection 13. Electrical Equipment - Group 13
B Series Shop Manual Page 13-1
Section 13 - Electrical Equipment - Group 13
Section Contents
Page
133
132
. 133
Alternator inspection... .
Electrical Equipment General Information...
Starter Inspection ..Electrical Equipment General Information
Page 13-2
Section 13 Electrical Equipment Group 13
B Sentes Shop Manual
Electrical Equipment - General Information
‘The electrical equspment used on the B series engine 1s not manufactured by Cummins Engine Company Ino,
Complete instructions for adjusting, testing, and repairing the electrical equipment can be obtained from the
equipment manufacturer The following list contains the suppliers of the electrical equipment used on Cumming
engines.
Alternators
Robert Bosch Lid.
P.O. Box 166
Rhodes Way
Watford
Wo2 418
England
Telephone: 0923-44233
Butec Electrics
Cleveland Road
Leyland
PRS 1XB
England
Telephone: 0744-21663
C.AV Electrical Equipment
P.O. Box 36
Warple Way
London
W3 7SS
England
Telephone: 01-743-3111
A.C. Delco Components Group
Civic Offices
Central Milton Keynes
MK SEL
England
Telephone: 0908-66001
Delco-Remy
P.O. Box 2439
Anderson, IN 46018
U.S.A.
Telephone: (317) 648-7898
Leece-Neville Corp.
1374 E. 51st St
Cleveland, OH 44013
USA.
Telephone: (216) 431-0740
* Non Electrical Equipment Suppliers
Electric Starting Motors
Butec Electrics
Cleveland Road
Leyland
PRS 1X8
England A
Telephone: 0744-21663
C.AV Electrical Equipment
P.O, Box 36
Warple Way
London
W3 7SS
England
Telephone: 01-743-3111
AC. Delco Components Group
Civic Offices
Central Milton Keynes
MKS SEL
England
Telephone: 0908-66001
Delco-Remy
P.O. Box 2439
Anderson, IN 46018
USA.
Telephone: (317) 646-7838
Nippendenso of Los Angeles
3900 Via Oro Avenue
Long Beach, CA 90810
Telephone: (800) 222-6352Section 13 Electrical it Gi 13
B Series Shop Manual Equipment Group
Alternator Inspection (13-01)
Visually inspect the alternator for obvious damage such
as a broken or cracked housing. Damaged fan blades or
pulleys and worn mounting holes in the alternator end
frames.
Starter Inspection (13-02)
Visually inspect the gear (1) for cracked or broken teeth.
Visually inspect the drive bushing (2) and the gear shatt
(3) for excessive wear or damage.
Visually inspect the terminal posts (4) for loose or broken
NOTE: If the starting motor parts are damaged or the posts
are loose or damaged, the starting motor must be repaired
or rebuilt. Refer to the electircal equipment manufacturers
specifications to rebuild the starting motor.
Alternator Inspection (13-01)
Page 13-3Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14
B Series Shop Manual Page 14-1
Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14
Section Contents
Page
Biowby Measurement. 14-7
Blowby Conversion Chart (6.613 mm [0.224 inj Orifice). 14-7
Chassis Dynamometer Operation sects seco 14-20
Engine Painting ...... . 14-28
Engine Dynamometer Test Engine Run-t nenensonneene 14-14
Engine Dynamometer Test Performance Checking 14-18
Engine Dynamometer Test Installation of the Engine 14-8
Engine Run-In Procedure - (Chassis Dynamometer) ......... 14-25
Engine Run-In Procedure “‘In Chassis’? (On- and Off-1 Highway v4 Vehicles) 14-27
Off-Highway «2.2... 14-27
On-Highway ' 14-27
Engine Storage Long Term 14-31
Removing the Engine from Long-Term Storage .. 14-34
Engine Storage Short Term 14.29
Removing the Engine from Short erm | Storage 14-31
Engine Testing Engine Side Views... . 14-5
Engine Testing General information. 14-6
ieneral Engine Test Specifications. 14-6
Engine Testing Service Tools suitseeteeenee 14-2
General Engine Test Procedures (Chassis Dynamometer) 14-22Engine Testing Service Tools
2
Page 14-
Engine Testing - Service Tools
Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14
B Series Shop Manual
The following special tools are recommended to perform procedures in Group 14. The use of these
tools is shown in the appropriate procedure. These tools can be purchased from your local Cummins
‘Authorized Repair Location.
Tool No. Tool Description Too! Illustration
Vacuum Gauge ‘|
Check the fuel filter restriction during the engine performance| =
st-as4 —_|test:
Hose Adapter, Part No.ST-434-2, and vacuum gauge, PartNo.ST-
424-12, are used to perform the test.
oboe
Pressure Gauge
Use to measure the engine intake manifold pressure.
‘$7-1273
ee
|
Filter Wrench
Use to remove or tighten spin-on lubricating oil or fuel filters.
3375049
|Blowby Checking Tool
Use to check engine crankcase blowby.
3822476
1
come
‘Water Manometer
Used with the blowby check tool to measure engine crankcase} i
statis — |Pressure. |
3375275
Pressure Gauge (0-160 psi)
Used to measure lubricating oil pressure.Sectlon 14 Engine Testing Group 14
B Series Shop Manual
Too! No. Tool Description
Engine Testing Service Tools
Page 14-3
Too! Illustration
Digital Opticat Tachometer
Used to measure engine speed (RPM).
3377462Engine Testing Engine Side Views Section 14 Engine Testing Group 4,
Pageiea B Series Shop Manus}
Engine Testing - Engine Side Views
Fuel Pump SideSection 14 Engine Testing Group 14 Engine Testing Engine Side Views
B Series Shop Manual Page 14-5
Engine Testing - Engine Side Views
Fuel ination NozzesEngine Testing General Information Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14
Page 14-6 B Series Shop Manual
%
Engine Testing - General Information
The engine test us a combination of an engine run-in and a performance check. The engine run-in procedure
provides an operating period that allows the engine parts to achieve a final finish and fit. The performance check
provides an opportunity to perform final adjustments needed to optimize the engine performance
‘An engmne test can be performed using either an engine dynamometer or a chassis dynamometer. If a dyna.
mometer is not available, an engine test must be porformed in a manner that simulates a dynamometer test,
Check the dynamometer before beginning the test. The dynamometer must have the capability to test the
performance of the engine when the engine Is operating at the maximum RPM and horsepower range (full power).
‘The engine crankcase pressure, often referred to as engine blowby, is an important factor that indicates when the
piston rings have achieved the correct finish and fit. Rapid changes of blowby or values that exceed specifications
more than 50 percent indicate that something is wrong. The engine test must be discontinued until the cause has
been determined and corrected.
General Engine Test Specifications
Maintain the following limits during a chassis dynamometer test:
Intake Restriction (Maximum)
* Clean Filter (light duty)..
(medium duty) .
(heavy duty)
. ee .254 mm Hz0 [10 in. H,0}
305 mm H,0 [12 in. H,0]
381 mm 20 [15 in. H,0]
© Dirty Filter (light duty) ...ccescsesseneeen 335 mm [25 in.
(medium duty)... 635 mm [25 in]
(heavy duty)... ...635 mm [25 in}
Exhaust Back Pressure (maximum)
secenaetieeeeeeee 76mm Hg [3.0 in. Hg}
: cence tT 4 mm Hg [4.5 in. Hg]
182 mm Hg [6.0 1p Hg]
* Industrial.
+ EPA Certified
* Oxidation Catalyst
Blowby* (at Given Speed, 100% Load)
New (L/Min) Worn (L/Min)
4B @ 2200 18 38
4B @ 2500 20 40
4B @ 2800 23 46
ABT/4BTA/B3.9 @ 2200 45 90
4BT/4BTAIB3.9 @ 2500 St 102
ABT/4BTA/B3.9 @ 2800 s7 n4
6B @ 2200 26 52
68 @ 2500 30 60
68 @ 2600 34 68
6ET/EBTA/BS.9 @ 2200 63 126
6BT/SBTA/BS.9 @ 2500 76 152
6BT/6BTAB5.9 @ 2800 85 170
“Blowby checking tool, Part No. 3822476, has a special 5.613.mm [0.221 in.] orifice that must be-used to get an
accurate reading
Oil Pressure
* Low Idle (minimum allowable) .....-.0
+ Rated Speed (minimum allowable) -
Fuel Filter Restriction (Maximum pressure drop across filter)
# Dirty Filter sscesssrncnstnraeerey - en
Fuel Return Restriction (Maximum) cose
69 kPa [10 psi}
207 kPa [30 psi]
35 kpa [5 psi]
518 mm Hg [20.4 in hg]
NOTE: Due to variations in ratings of different engine models, refor to the specific engine dala sheet for the particular
engine model being tested.Section 14- Engine-Testing Group 14
8 Serles Shop Manual
Blowby Measurement
Blowby Measurement
Page 14-7
Blowby ts generally recorded in liters/minute, but a water manometer may be used to measure blowby from the
breather tube after fabricating the following adaptation:
1 Plug the end of the straight portion of a pipe tee. =
2. Drill an orifice in the plug {refer to the Blowby Con-
version Chart below for the appropriate orifice size)
3. Connect the open straight portion of the pipe tee to the
breather tube.
4. Connect a water. manometer to the 90 degree outlet.
To
Mano-moter
Crankease
Breather
Tube
§. Use the Blowby Conversion Chart to convert the ma- Pipe Tee
nometer reading to liters/minute.
adhoss vg with Ortce
Adapted Reducer, wate
Blowby Conversion Chart (5.613 mm [0.221 In} Orifice)
Inches of Water Liters/Minute Inches of Water Liters/Minute
1 27 19 121
2 40 20 124
3 4g 2 128
4 58 22 131
5 64 23 135
6 71 24 137
7 76 25 140
8 81 26 144
9 86 az 147
10 90 28 150
aM 94 29 154
12 98 30 187
13, 402 a 160
14 105 32 163
15 109 33 166
16 n2 34 169
47 5 35 172
18 18Engine Dynamometer Test Installation of the Engine (14-01) Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14
Page 14-8
ose
gs
fap
B Series Shop Manual
Engine Dynamometer Test - Installa-
tion of the Engine (14-01)
Use engine lifting fixture, Part No. ST 125, to install the
engine to the test stand. Align and connect the dyna.
mometer. Refer to the manufacturer's instructions for
aligning and testing the engine.
NOTE: Make sure the dynamometer capacity ts sufficient to
permit testing at 100 percent of the engine rated horsepower.
if the capacity is not enough, the testing procedure must be
modified to match the restrictions of the dynamometer,
Install the coolant temperature sensor.
Minimum Gauge Capacity" 107°C [225°F|
Connect the coolant supply to the water inlet connection
(1).
Connect the coolant return to the water outlet connection
2)
Install the drain plugs, close alll the water drain cocks, and
make sure all the clamps and fittings are tight
Connect the vent tube to the vent connection on the
thermostat housing.
Fill the cooling system with coolant to the bottom of the
fill neck 1n the radiator fill (or expansion) tank,
NOTE: Maximum Fill Rate 1s 14 Litersimin [3.5 U.S,
gallons/min}Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14 Engine Dynamometer Test Installation of the Engine (14-01)
Page 14-9
B Series Shop Manual
Inspect the engine for coolant leaks at connections, fit-
tings, plates, and plugs. Repair as necessary.
Connect a water manometer to the turbocharger air inlet
Pipe to test air restnction.
NOTE: The manometer connection must be installed at a 30
degree angle to the air flow in a straight section of pipe, one
pipe diameter before the turbocharger.
NOTE: A vacuum gauge can be used in place of the water
manometer.
Minimum Gauge Capacity: 760 mm H,0 [30 in. H.0]
Connect a mercury manometer to a straight section of the
exhaust piping near the turbocharger outlet to check 6x-
haust restriction
NOTE: A pressure gauge can be used in place of the mer-
cury rhanometer,
NOTE: For automotive applications, a tapped hole 1s pro-
vided on the inlet side of the catalyst to check exhaust
restriction.
Minimum Gauge Capacity: 254 mm Hg. [10 in. Hg.]
Attach the lubricating oil temperature sensor in one of the
locations on the side of the engine as shown.
Mi 180°C [300°F]
imum Gauge Capaci
©
ovsganeEngine Dynamometer Test _tnstallation of the Engine
Page 14-10
00059
Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14!
(14-01)
B Series Shop Manual
Attach the lubricating oil pressure sensor to the mam oil
rifle drilling in the cylinder block.
Minimum Gauge Capacity”
1034 KPa [150 psi)
Caution: The fubricating oll system must be primed
before operating the engine after it has been rebuilt to
avoid internal damage. Do not prime the system from the
bypass filter head if an external pressure pump ts used,
Damage to the bypass filter will result.
To prime the system using external pressure, connect the
supply to the tapped hole in the main oil
Use a pump capable of supplying 210 kPa [30 psi] con-
tinuous pressure. Connect the pump to the port on the
main oil rifle as shown,
Use clean 15W-40 oil to prime the system until the oil
pressure registers on the gauge.
Remove the oil supply tube, and instal! the plug.
Make sure the lubricating oil has had time to drain to the
pan, and fill the engine to the high mark as measured on
the dipstickSegtion 14° Engine Tasting Group 14
B Series Shop Manual
If an.external pressure. pump 1s not available, prime the
lubneating system according to the following procedure.
Fill the engine with oil to the high level mark on the
dipstick.
Disconnect the turbocharger lubricating oil supply tube.
Pour 50 oc to 60 ¢¢ [2.0 fl.02. 03.0 fl.oz.Jof clean 1SW-40
oll into the turbocharger oil supply hole.
Connect the oll supply tube to the turbocharger
Caution: Mechanical over-tightening can distort the
threads or damage the filter element seal.
Fill the lubricating oil filter with clean 15W-40 oil
Screw the filter onto the filter head fitting unti! the gasket
contacts the filter head surface.
Tighten the filter according to the manufacturer's
specifications.
To make sure the lubscating oil pump 1s providing ade-
quate oil to the engine, first disconnect any wires leading
to the fuel pump solenoid.
Engine Dynamometer Test Installation of the Engine (14-01)
Page 14-11Engine Dynamometer Tést
Page 14-12
Signe
+¥e to % Turn
A
hs
B Series Shop Manual
Installation of the Engine (14-01) Section 14 Engine Testing Group q
Caution: Do not crank the starting motor for periods _
longer than 30 seconds. Excessive heat will damage the
starting motor.
Crank the engine until the oil pressure gauge indicates
system pressure.
NOTE: Allow 2 minutes between the 30-second cranking
periods s0 the starting motor can cool.
NOTE: If pressure is not indicated, find and correct the
problem before continuing.
Allow the lubricating oil to drain into the oi! pan, and
measure the oil level with the dipstick.
Add oil as necessary to bring the level to the high level
mack. ~
Lubricate the gasket on the fuel filter with clean 15W-40
oil,
Fill, the fuel filter with,clean fuel.
‘Screw the fuel filter onto the filter head-until the gasket
contacts the filter head surface.
Tighten the filter an additional 1/2 to 3/4 turn.Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14 Engine Dynamometer Test Installation of the Engine (14-01)
B Senes Shop Manual Page 14-1,
Make sure the voltage supply matches that of the fuel
pump solenoid before connecting the electrical wires to
it
Attach the throttle control rod onto the fuel pump throttle
lever.
$1273 Ql
To determine the amount of turbocharger boost and
aftercooler/charge att cooler restriction install intake man- gy
fold pressure gauges, Part No, ST 1273 in the turbo- (45>
charger outlet and the intake manifold. aA
ciggah
Part No. 3822676
For accurate engine crankcase blowby measurement, in-
sert a blowby checking tool in the crankcase breather
vent.
Connect a water manometer to the blowby tool Part No.
3822676. A pressure gauge can be used in place of the
manometer.
Minimum Gauge Capacity: 1270 mm Hz0 [50 in. H,0)
Brogan
Part No, ST-434
To measure fuel filler zestriction, connect vacuum gauge,
Part No. ST-434, to the injection pump inlet line.
Minimum Gauge Capacity» 760 mm Hg [30 in. Hg}Page 14-14
cpsvove
Dynamometer Test Engine Run-in (14-02)
945 kPa 517 kPa
10 mae psi]
—\
uve
Section 14 Engine Testint
B Senes
Group 1.
op Manual |
To be able to unload the compressor, connect a source of
compressed air to the unloader (1). This air line must
contain a valve between the source and the unloader,
NOTE: All air compressors manulactwred by Cummins En.
gine Company, Inc. must be loaded during enginerar-in. All
air compressors must be unloaded during the engine per.
formance check.
NOTE: The compressed ait load in the accompanying illus.
tration must be attached to the air compressor outlet (2),
gS
To provide a toad on the air compressor, connect an air
tank to the compressor outlet (2), using steel tubing or a
high temperature hose (1).
Install an air regulator (3) that can maintain tank air pres-
sure of 345 kPa to 517 KPa [50 psi to 75 psi] at both the
minimum and the maximum engine RPM,
Hose Temperature (Minimum): 260°C [500°F]
Inspect the voltage rating on the starting motor before
installing the electrical wiring.
Attach electrical wires to the starting motor and the bat-
tenes, if used.
NOTE: If another method of starting the engine 1s used,
follow the manufacturer's instructions to make the neces-
sary connections,
Engine Dynamometer Test - Engine
Run-In (14-02)
‘The engine run-in period allows the tester to detect as-
sembly errors and to make final adjustments needed for
performance that meets specifications.
NOTE: The amount of time specified for the following engine
run-in phases are minimums. Additional time can be used at
each phase except engine idle periods, if so desired,Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14
B Series Shop Manual
Measurements from these indicators and gauges must
be observed closely during all phases of the engine run-in
period. Refer to page 14-6 for specifications and accept-
able readings
To correctly evaluate the-engine performance, this addi-
tional measurement must be observed during engine
run-in phases.
fs good practice to observe these measurements even
ifengine performance meets specifications. If engine per-
farmance does not meet specifications, these measure-
ments can indicate possible | reasons — for
under-performance.
Caution: Do not crank the engine for more than 30
seconds. Excesswe heat will damage the starting motor.
Crank the engine and observe the oif pressure when the
engine starts. If the engine fails to start within 30 seconds,
allow the starting motor to cool for 2 minutes before crank-
ing the engine again.
Engine Dynamometer Test Engine Run-In (14-02)
Page 14-15
Kr
Lube Ol
Temp. Temp.
Biowby
Intake Manifold
Pressure
(Turbocharger Boost)
Fuel in Resterction Exh. Back Pros.
Air iniet Restriction Fuel Drain Pres.
Also:
Coolant
Prosaure|
99006Engine Dynamometer Test
Page 14-16
Engine Run-In (14-02)
A
e.901v4
1200
Test Load
70°C [160°F]
Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14
'@ Series Shop Manual
Caution: If the {ubricating olf pressure is not within spec-
fications, shut off the engine immediately. Either ex.
cessively low or excessively high oil pressure will cause
engine damage.
Engine oil pressure must be at feast 69 kPa [10 psi] at 700
RPM,
Correct the problem if the oil pressure 1s not within
specifications.
Caution: Do not operate the engine at idle'speed longer
than specified during engine run-in. Excessive carbon
formation will cause damage to the engine.
Operate the engine at approximately 700 RPM for 3 to 5
minutes,
Listen for unusual noises; watch for coolant, fuel, and
lubricating oil leaks; and check for correct engine oper-
ation in general.
NOTE: Repair all leaks or component problems before con-
tinuing the engine run-in.
Move the throttle to obtain 1,200 RPM engine speed, and
set the test load to 25 percent of the torque peak load.
Operate the engine at this speed and load level until the
coolant temperature 1s 70°C {160°F). Check all gauges
and record the data.
NOTE: Do not proceed to the next step until a steady blowby
reading 1s obtained.Section 14 Engine-Testing Group 14
B Series Shop Manual
Operate the engine at this speed and load level for 2
minutes.
Check all gauges and record the data,
NOTE: Do not proceed to the next step until blowby 1s stable
and within specifications.
Maintain the engine speed at torque peak RPM, increase
the dynamometer foad to 75 percent of torque peak load.
Operate the engine at this speed and load level for 2
minutes. Check all gauges and record the data.
NOTE: Do not proceed to the next step until blowby is stable
and within spe:
Move the throttle fever to its fully opened position, and
increase the dynamometer load until the engine speed is
at torque peak RPM. Operate the engine at this speed and
load level for 10 minutes or until the blowby becomes
stable and within specifications.
Check all gauges and record the data,
Reduce the dynamometer load until the engine speed
inereases to the engine's rated RPM
Operate the engine at rated RPM for 5 minutes.
Check all gauges and record the data.
Engine Dynamometer Test
@
Engine Run-In (14-02)
Page 14-17
Torque Peak
2x (Test Load)
(50% Rated Load)
2 Minutes
Torque Peak
3x (Test Load)
(75% Rated Load)
. * 2 Minutes
Full Throttle
Torque Peak
Maximum Load
10 Minutes
out
Full Throttle
Rated
Maximum Load
at Rated Speed
5 MinutesEngine Dynamometer Test. Performance Checking (14-03) Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14
Page 14-18
8 Series Shop Manual |
Caution: Shutting off the engine immediately after op.
erating at full load wili damage the turbocharger and
internal components. Always allow the engine to caol
before shutting it off.
Remove the dynamometer load completely, and operate
the engine at 700 RPM for 3 to 5 minutes. This period will
allow the turbocharger and other components to cool.
Shut off the engine.
Engine Dynamometer Test - Perfor-
mance Checking (14-03)
Make sure the.atr compressor will be unloaded during the
performance check.
Apply regulated air pressure of 655 kPa [95 psi] to the alr
compressor unloader (1).
Caution: Do not crank the engine for more than 30
seconds. Excessive heat will damage the starting motor.
Crank the engine and observe the oil pressure when the
engine starts. if the engine fails to start within 30 seconds,
allow the stesting motor to coo! for 2 minutes before crank-
ing the engine again.Section 14 Engine Testing - Group 14 Engine'Dynamometer Test Performance Checking (14-03)
B Senes Shop Manual Page 14-19
Caution: {f the lubricating oll pressure is not within
specifications, shut off the engine immediately. Either
excessively low or excessively high oil pressure will cause
engine damage. Correct the problem if oll pressure is not
within specifications.
Engine oil pressure must be a minimum of 69 kPa [10 psi}
at approximately 700 RPM.
Make’ sure the engine is at operating temperature.
Move the throttle lever to the “FULL OPEN” position.
Adjust the dynarnometer load until the engine maintains
the rated RPM
Allow the readings to stabilize. Read the horsepower.
Check all the gauges, and record the readings.
NOTE: The horsepower reading will not be accurate if the
(ubricating oil temperature and fuel temperature are not
within specifications, ——
Temperature - Temperature
Lubricating Oil Temperature: MIN 90°C [190°F] 90°C [190°F] 32°C [90°F}
Fuel Temperature: MAX 42°C [108°F]
Check all gauges and record the data.
Caution: Do not shut off the engine immediately ater it
has been loaded. it must be allowed to sufficiently cool. A
Remove the dynamometer load completely, and operate 3 to 5 Minutes
the engine at idle speed for 3 to 5 minutes. Thes will allow
the turbocharger and other components to ool.
NOTE: Idle periods longer than 5 minutes are to be avoided
Shut off the engine after the cool-down period.Chassis Dynamometer Operation (14-04) Section 14 Engine-Testing Group 14
Bage 1420 B Series Shop Manual
If power specifications are not met, refer to 8 Series
Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3810486,
Remove all test instrumentation. Remove the engine from
. NOTE: If the engine 1s to be stored temporarily and does not
have permanent-type antifreeze, it 1s necessary to drain all
S> coolant. Drain locations are identified on the engine side
views, Pages 14-4 and 14-5,
Prepare the engine for Engine Painting (14-08) or Engine
SES Storage (14-09) or (14-10).
Chassis Dynamometer - Operation
(14-04)
The performance of’an engine installed in on-highway
vehicles can be tested on a chassis dynamometer.
NOTE: Due to driveline efficiency and engine-driven acces-
sories, the engine horsepower when measured at the reat
wheels will be reduced’by approximately
* 20 percent for single axle vehicles
‘+ 25 percent for tandem axle vehicles
NOTE: These percentages are used for engine run-in only
and are not to be used as absolute figures.
Caution: Follow all the vehicle manufacturer's safety
A precautions before installing or operating @ vehicle on a
SE Chasers dynamometer.
aeSection 14 Engine Testing Group 14
B Series Shop Manual
Caution: Low profile radial tires are more sensitive to
heat than bias ply tires. Excessive operating time at full
load can damage tires due to overheating, Check the
manufacturer's recommendations for the maximum
lowable chassis dynamometer operating time.
Follow the general safety precautions listed below while
operating the chassis dynamometer
* Use tires that have more than 160 kilometers [100
miles] on them. Do not use new tires,
+ Do not use recapped tires or tires of different sizes,
or designs.
+ Make sure the tires are inflated to the manufactur-
e's specifications,
+ Remove all rocks or other material {rom the tread of
all tires that will be rotating on the dynamometer
rollers,
‘* Make sure there 1s correct overhead clearance for
exhaust stacks, air detlectors, or other attachments
above the cab.
Chassis Dynamometer Operation (14-04)
Page 14-21
igorGeneral Engine Test Procedures (Chassis Dynamometer) (14-05) Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14
Page 14-22 'B Series Shop Manual
* Carefully position the vehicle on the rollers.
Caution: To prevent damage to the chassis dynamom-
eter, there must be some slack in the tension of the
tie-down chains.
* Attach the tie-down chains to the rear of the vehicle,
and put wheel chocks in front of the. front wheels,
‘* Adjust the vehicle and dynamometer room exhaust
system to make sure all exhaust gases are removed
from the room.
* Reter to the chassis dynamometer and vehicle
aS manufacturer's recommendations and specifica-
tions for testing procedures.
General Engine Test Procedures -
(Chassis Dynamometer) (14-05)
The following procedure assumes that the lubricating off
and fuel systems were correctly primed, the dipstick cali-
brated, and the engine filled to the correct levels with oil
and coolant during installation of the engine into the chas-
sis. If these sytems were not serviced during installation
of the engine, refer to Engine Dynamometer Test _Instal-
lation of the Engine (14-01) for instructions on priming the
lubricating oil and the fuel systems and calibrating the
dipstick. Refer to the latest B Series Operation and Main-
tenance Manual, Bulletin No. 3810205, for instructions on
filling the lubricating oil and the cooling systems.
t S — The number of instruments and gauges required to per-
__F Ny form a chassis dynamometer test will vary according to
the type and the capability of the test equipment used.
| Refer to pages 14-4 and 14-5 for the correct system pres-
‘sure and temperature gauge connecting locations.Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 General Engine Test Procedures - (Chassis Dynamomoter) (14-08
ge 14-2:
8 Serles Shop Manual
To correctly monitor an engine’s performance, record the
following parameters:
Lubricating oil pressure (vehicle instrument panel}
Coolant temperature (vehicle instrument panel)
Coolant pressure
Turbocharger outlet pressure
Exhaust restriction
Intake manifold pressure
Inlet aie restriction
Blowby
Engine speed (RPM) (vehicle instrument panel)
Whee! horsepower (WHP) (dynamometer controls)
Measure the coolant pressure at the cylinder head, rear
fuel pump side.
Minimum Gauge Capacity: 418 kPa [60 psil
Measure turbocharger ouliet pressure and intake mani-
fold pressure. ‘The drop in pressure accross the
aftercooler/charge air cooler must no! exceed 21 kPa [3
psi.
Connect a water manometer to the turbocharger air iniet
pipe to test air restriction.
NOTE: The manometer connection must be installed ata 90
degree angle to the air flow in a straight section of pipe, one
pipe diameter before the turbocharger.
NOTE: A vacuum gauge can be used in place of the water
manometer.
Minimum Gauge Capacity: 760 mm H,0 {30 in. H,0]
p00tveGeneral’ Engine Test Procedures (Chassis Dynamometer) (14-05) Section 14. Engine Testing Group 14
Page 14-24 B Series Shop Manual
Measure the blowby by installing blowby checking tool in
the crankcase breather vent. Connect the blowby tool to
a water manometer.
NOTE: Excessive blowby indicates a turbocharger malfunc
tion or an engine internal components malfunction, allowing
combustion gases to enter the crankcase.
Minimum Gauge Capacity’ 1270 mm H,0 [50 in. H,0]
NOTE: It a sudden increase in blowby occurs, or if blowby
‘exceeds the maximum allowable limit during any run-in step,
return to the previous step and continue the run-in. If blowby
does not reach an acceptable level, discontinue the run-in
and determine the cause.
NOTE: Avoid long idle periods. Operate the engine at low
idle only tong enough (3 to 5 minutes) to check for correct
oll pressure and any fuel, oil, water, or air leaks.
Cautlon: Do not allow the engine speed to exceed 1,000
RPM before run-in. The internal components can be
damaged.Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14 Engine Run-In Procedure (Chassis Dynamometer) (14-08)
B Senes Shop Manual Page 14-25
Caution: Do not shut off the engine immediately after
the fast step of the run-in 1s completed. Allow the engine
to cool by operating at low idle for a minimum of 3 min-
utes to avoid internal component damage.
Engine Run-In Procedure - (Chassis
-Dynamometer) (14-06)
Caution: Refer to General Engine Test Procedures
{Chassis Dynamometer) (14-05) before operating the en-
gine to avoid internal component damage.
NOTE: Reter to Chassis Dynamometer Operation on page
14-19 for general operating procedures and safety precau-
tions.
NOTE: Operate the vehicle in a gear that produces a road
speed of 90 to 95 km/h [ 55 to 60 mph].
Operate the engine at 1,200 RPM and 25 percent of
torque peak load until the water temperature reaches
70°C {160°F}.
Operate the engine al 1,200 RPM and 40 percent of
toraue peak load for 2 minutes. Check the gauges, and @&)
record the readings.Engine Run-In Procedure (Chassis Dynamometer} (14-06)
Page 14-26
k RPM.
©
Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14
B Series Shop Manual
q
Operate the engine at 1,500 APM and 65 percent of |
torque peak load for 5 minutes. Check the gauges, ang
record the readings.
‘Operate the engine at torque peak RPM and full foad for
4 minutes. Check the gauges, and record the readings.
NOTE: Refer to the engine data sheet for the torque peak
RPM of the engine model being tested.
Operate the engine at rated speed (RPM) and ful load for
4 minutes. Check the gauges, and record the readings.
Compare the readings to those published on the appro-
priate engine data sheet
Caution: Do not shut off the engine immediately atter
the run-in 1s completed. Allow the engine to cool by
operating it et low idle for a minimum of 3 minutes to
avoid internal component damage.
Maka sure*all instrumentation «s removed before remov-
Ing the vehicle from the dynamometer.Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14
B Series Shop Manual
Engine Run-in Procedure ‘‘In Chassis’”
- (On- and Off-Highway Vehicles)
(14-07)
On-Highway
Caution: Refer to General Engine Test Procedures
(Chassis Dynamometer) (14-05) before operating the
engine to avoid internal component damage.
Operate the engine at 1,500 to 1,800 RPM in high gear
for the first 80 to 160 kilometers [50 10 100 miles] after
rebuild.
NOTE: Do not idle the engine for more than 5 minutes at any
one time during the first 160 kilometers [100 miles} of
operation.
Off-Highway
Caution: Refer to General Engine Test Procedures
(Chassis Oynamometer) (14-05) before operating.the en-
gine to avoid internal component damage.
Operate the engine as follows during the first 3 hours after
rebuild:
1 Do not dle the engine for more than § minutes at any
one time.
2, Operate the engine at 75 percent throttle while loaded.
Engine Run-In Procedure “In Chassis’ (14-07)
Page 14-27
1500
A
lok a>]
Hours Hours
(holo —> foo
Hours HoursEngine Painting (14-08) Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14
Page 14-28 B Series Shop Manual
3. Do not operate the engine at rated speed (RPM) and
tull foad for more than 5 minutes at any one time.
Hours Hours
Engine - Painting (14-08)
Remove all belts from the engine.
& Cover the following parts of the engine:
+ Exhaust and intake openings
‘* Electrical components
* Fuel iniet and drain connections
* Any exposed fittings, threads, and electrical wire
terminals,
Warning: When using a steam cleaner, wear protective
clothing and safety glasses or a face shield. Hot steam
can cause serious personal injury.
Use steam to clean the engine, and dry with compressed
alr,
NOTE: Make sure all engine surfaces are clean and dry
before painting the engine
Protect the following components from the paint:
All dataplates
*-Valve and injector set marks,
* Exhaust manifold
‘Turbocharger turbine housing
Flywheel
Flywheel housing transmission mounting surfaceSection 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14
B Series Shop ual
Paint the engine.
Engine Storage - Short Term (14-09)
NOTE: This procedure describes the correct method of pre-
paring an engine for short-term (1 to 6 months) storage,
Operate the engine at high idle until the coolant tem-
perature reaches 70°C [160°F].
Shut off the engine.
Remove the fuel tube to the engine fuel filter and the
injector return tube.
NOTE: Fuel system preservative oil must meet Federal Speci-
fication VV-L-800C. (Example: Daubert Chemical NoxRust
No. 518.)
Fill two containers, one with diesel fuel and the other with
the preservative oil. Put both fuel tubes into the container
of diesel fuel.
Start the engine. When it is operating smoothly, put the
fuel supply tube into the container of preservative oi,
Remove the injector return tube from the diesel fuel con-
tainer. When preservative oil flows from the tube, shut off
the engine.
Install the fuel supply tube to the fuel filter, and put a cap
on all other fuel tubes.
Be
ay
tap
Se f
jine Storage - Short Term (14-09)
Engi gs ¢ beEngine Storage Short Term (14-09)
Page 14-30
we
Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14
B Series Shop Manual
Drain the lubricating oil pan, the oil filters, and the fuel
filter,
Install the drain plug into the oil pan, and install the filter
cans, Tighten according to specifications.
Disconnect the electrical wires from the fuel pump
solenoid.
Drain the coolant passages and jackets,
NOTE: It 1s not necessary to drain the coolant if it is a
permanent-type antifreeze with a rust inhibitor. Do not drain
the coolant if the engine is installed in a vehicle.
Look the engine over closely, and cover all openings with
tape to prevent dirt and moisture from entering.
Install a warning tag which alerts others of no oil in the
engine and that it must not be started.Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14
B Series Shop Manua\
Store the engine in a dry area of even temperature.
Rotate the crankshaft two to three revolutions every 3 to
4 weeks use the barring gear, Part No. 3904682 to rotate
the crankshatt.
Removing the Engine from Short-Term
Storage
Remove the tape from all openings, and remove the warn
ing tag.
Refill the oil filters with clean 15W-40 oil, and prime the
lubrication system. Refer to Engine Dynamometer Test
Engine Run-in.
Use clean diese! fuel to flush the preservative oil from the
fuel system, and fill the fuel filter again
Connect the electrical winng to the fuel pump solenoid.
Prime and vent the fuel system
Engine Storage - Long Term (14-10)
This procedure describes the correct method of prepar-
ng an engine for long-term (6 to 24 months) storage.
NOTE; If the engine has been stored for 24 months, the
cooling system must be flushed with a solvent. Repeat the
flushing procedure a second time.
Engine Storage Long Term (14-10)
Page Was
NOVEMBER
SMTWT F 5
ae
aSEngine Storage Long Term (14-10)
Page 14-32
ap
Group 14
Section 14 Engine Testin
hop Manual
B Series
Operate the engine at the high idle throttle position untit
the coolant temperature ts 70°C [160°F].
Shut off the engine.
Drain the fubricating oil pan. Install the drain plug, and fill
the oil pan to the high level mark on the dipstick with
preservative oil.
NOTE: Lubricating system preservative oil must meet Mili-
tary Specification MIL-L-21260 Type PE30-1 SAE 20. (Ex-
ample: Shell 66202.)
Disconnect the fuel supply tube at the fuel filter and the
injector return tube at @ convenient place.
NOTE: Fuel system preservative oil must meet Federal Spec
fication VV-L-800C. (Example: Daubert Chemical NoxRust
No. 518.)
Fill two containers, one with diese! fuel and the other with
preservative oil. Put both fuel tubes into the container of
diesel fuel
Start the engine and, when. operating smoothly, put the
fuel supply tube into the container of preservative oil
Remove the injector return tube from the diesel fuel con-
tainer. When the preservative oil flows from the tube, shut
off the engine.
Connect the fuel supply tube to the fuel filter, and put a
cap on the ends of all the other fuel tubes.Sectlon 14 Engine Testing Group 14
B Series Shop Manual
Drain the preservative oil from the lubricating oif pan and
the oil filters. install the drain plug.
Drain and flush the cooling system, using a water-soluble
rust inhibitor,
Remove the aftercooler assembly and the exhaust mant-
fold. Refer to Engine Disassembly (00-01),
Spray’ preservative oil into the intake and the exhaust
ports of the cylinder head and into the aftercooler housing
and the exhaust manifold
Install the aftercooler assembly and the exhaust mani-
fold. Reter to Engine Assembly.
Remove the rocker housing covers, and spray the rocker
levers, valve springs, valve stems, valve guides, and the
push rods with preservative oil. Install the rocker housing
cover.
Spray preservative oil into the intake port of the air com
pressor and on all exposed metal surfaces that are not
painted
NOTE: Use a preservative compound that meets Military
Specification MIL-C-16137C Type P-2 Grade 1 or 2.
Cover all openings with heavy paper and tape to prevent
entrance of dint and moisture.
Put a warning tag on the engine which contains the fol-
lowing information:
* Date the engine was prepared for storage.
© Crankshaft must not be rotated,
* Coolant has been drained.
+ Engine must not be operated.
Store the engine in a dry area of even temperature.
avi
Qe
SS
SS
Engine Storage Long Term (14-10)
Page 14.33Engine Storage Long Term (14-10)
Page 14-34
Geo
Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14
B Sertes Shop Manual _
Removing the Engine from Long-Term
Storage.
Remove the paper and the tape from all openings.
Remove the warning tag.
Flush the fuel system with clean diesel fuel to remove
preservative oil
Rotate the water pump to make sure it hasn't rusted in
place.
Rotate the crankshaft two complete revolutions to make
sure the piston rings are free and no foreign objects are
in the engine.Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14
B Series Shop Manual
Engine Storage Long Term (14:10)
Page 14-35
Remove the intake manifold cover or aftercooler and vi-
sually inspect the lower vaive stem area for presence of
rust. An accumulation of rust requires disassembly and
rebi of the cylinder head.
Install the drive belt or belts.
Remove a plug from the matn oil rifle drilling and flush the
preservative oil from the engine by pumping 4 liters of
light mineral oil into the oil rifle. Rotate the crankshaft
three or four revolutions as the engine Is flushed. Install
the plug.
Remove the oil drain plug and allow the mineral oil to
drain from the engine.
Install drain plug,
&
g0me
Mineral Oil
QeEngine Storage Long Term (14-10)
Page 14-36
90020
or START
Re
gis
Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14
B Series Shop Manus}
Remove the lubricating oil filter. Install a new filter ac
cording to the manufacturer's specifications.
Pressure fill the engine with 1SW40 lubricating oil through
the 1.8 inch pipe tap on the side of the oil filter housing
directly below the turbocharger oil supply connection.
Use 207 kPa (30 psi) to pressure fill the System with a
minimum of 3.6 L (1 U.S. gal).
Reinstall the drain plug and fill the oil pan to the high mark
on the dipstick,
Caution: Make sure the engine does not start when you
crank the engine by disconnecting the fuel solenoid or
positioning the shut down lever in the stop position.
Use the starter to crank the engine for a maximum of 30
seconds, with two minute intervals, until oil pressure reg-
iSters on the Jubricaling oil pressure gauge.
a~Section 14 Engine Testing Group 14
B Senes Shop Manual
Install a new coolant filter if so equipped. Fill the cooling
system with a mixture of 50% water and 50% ethylene-
alycol type antifreeze.
Adjust the valve clearance according to the procedure in
the applicable service manual.
Tighten all capscrews, plugs and fittings as necessary.
Engine Storage Long Term (14-10)
Page 14-37Section 16 - Mounting Adaptations Group 16
B Senes Shop Manual Page 16-1
Section 16 - Mounting Adaptations - Group 16
Section Contents
Page
16-3
16-4
165
16-4
16-6
16-2
16-2
16-2
162
Fiywheel and Ring Gear Inspection ..
Flywheel Housing Assembly
‘Wet Clutch Application ......
Flywheel Housing Inspection.....
Front Support Cleaning and Inspection.
General Information...
Flywheel ang Ring Gear.
Flywheel Housing:
Front Support
Ring Gear Replacement. 16-3General information Section 16 Mounting Adaptations Group 16
Page 16-2 B Series Shop Manual
General Information
Flywheel Housing
The thachieel housings are available in diferent sizes and styles forthe various applications. Ring dowels are used
to locate the housing within 0.20 mm (0.008 in} total indicated runout. Service housings are drilfed for the dowels
and re-dowelling is not required. Check the appropriate paris book and the engine parts listing for the correct part
number for the engine application being serviced.
Flywheet and Ring Gear
The flywheel 1s available only as an assembly The assembly includes the flywheel and the ring gear The cing
gear 1s available for service.
Front Support
Several different types of front engine mounts are available, depending upon specific applications.Section 16 Mounting Adaptations - Group 16
B Sertes Shop Manual
Flywheel and Ring Gear Inspection
(16-01)
Check the ring gear teeth for wear or damage. Use the
dye penetrant method to check the mounting holes for
cracks. Check the clutch face surface for cracks or dam-
age. If equipped with a flexplate, check the flexplate for
cracks or damage.
NOTE: If the ring gear teeth are worn or damged, the ring
gear must be replaced
Ring Gear Replacement (16-02)
Brass Drift Pin
Warning: Wear eye protection when you drive the gear
from the flywheel. Do not use a steel drift pin.
Use the drift pin to drive the ning gear from the flywheel.
NOTE: The ring gear on flexplate applications cannot be
replaced as a separate unit. The entire flexplate assembly
must be replaced
Heat the new ring gear for 20 minutes in an oven pre-
heated to 127°C [260°F],
Warning: Wear protective gloves when you install the
heated gear.
Instail the gear. The gear must be installed so the bevel
on the teeth ts toward the crankshait side of the flywheel.
@
A
Flywheel and Ring Gear Inspection (16-01
Page 16.
26
Minutes,
magonInspan
Section 16 Mounting Adaptetions - Group 16
B Series Shop Manual
Flywheel Housing Inspection (16-03)
Inspect the flywheel housing for cracks, especially in the
bolt pattern area.
D\_ Inspect for damaged threads commonly caused by cross
& threaded capscrews or installing an incorrect capscrew,
Heli-coils are available to repair damaged threads.
Flywheel Housing Assembly (16-04)
RQ] 3/8 Inch Square Drive
Coat the drain plug with KW Copper Coat® and install,
gb Torque Value
ap Castiron 65Nem [42 fb]
® Aluminum 35 Nem [26 ftib}
‘Screwdriver
Q Install the plastic plug in the tach probe hole.
SDNSection 16 Mounting Adaptations Group 16 Flywheel Housing Assembly (76-04)
B Series Shop Manual
Page 16-5
Install the expanding plug in-the barring tool hole.
Coat both sides of the inspection plate gasket with KW
‘Copper Coat
13 mm Q] \_/ ] EEE YD
Install the inspection plate. \ 2. 0
Tighten, to 24 Nem {18 ft-lbs} hy N Wee “TY
> | | 4/9 Wy)_|
Wet Clutch Application
Perform all the steps in the procedure for dry clutch m- “7
Stallation sn addition to the following:
Coat the flywheel housing drain plug with pipe sealant
‘and install in the hole in the bottom of the flywheel hous
ing. SS
Tighten the piug
Refer to the pipe plug tarque values in Section 10 for
different plug sizes.
iFront Support Cleaning and Inspection (16-05)
Page 165" "
Section 16 Mounting Adaptations Group 1|
9S eones ‘Shop Mahusl
The capscrew holes on the mounting pads are drilled
through. Coat set screws with Loctite™ 277 and install into
holes.
‘Set Screw Installation Depth
a in
0.00 MIN 0.000
3.00 MAX 0.118
Front Support - Cleaning and Inspec-
tion (16-05)
Use solvent. Clean the part.
@ Check the part for cracks or damage.Section V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18
B Series
Section V - Engine Component Specifications - Group 18
Section Contents
Page V-t
Page
vai
V8
v.32
1 V-8t
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values...
Component Specifications and Torque Values.
Ar intake System...
Combustion Air System.
Compressed Air System Torque Vaiues 2. M83
Cylinder Block Rebuild Specifications o VA6
Cylinder Block Torque Values... v.22
Cylinder Head, Rebulld Specifications v-23
Cylinder Head’ Torque Values V.25
Electncal System + V-34
Engine Assembly - v-10
Engine Assembly Specifications. ......scenwe ns : V6
Engine Testing Test Specifications mo vas
Fan Hub | Specifications .. vat
Fuel System... + V-26
Lubricating Gil System Spacitications v.28
Rocker Levers and Pedestals... + V-25
Tappet and Push Rods....... : + V-26
Thermostat, Coolant Operating Temperature . V81
Drive Belt Tension 7 peace VASE
Engine Component Torque Values .. .. - V8, V4, VS
. V-39
Newton-Meter to Foot-Pound Conversion Chart...... .
‘Capscrew Markings and Torque Values U.S. Customary ..
Pipe Plug Torque Values...
Specifications ‘General Information
Tap-Drill Chart U.S. Customary & Metric...
Weight and Measures Conversion Factors
v40
. VA2
v2
v.43
.. V-38Specifications General Information Section V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18
Page V-2 B Series
Specifications -.General Information
This specification section contains the engine specifications for the B series engines. A detailed Engine Component
Torque Value sheet is provided in addition to a summary listing with reduced line art of the key specifications from
each section 1s included.
ew900gzSaction V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18
Engine Component Torque Values
B Series Page V-3,
Engine Component Torque Values
Socket or
Wrench
Ref, Size Torque
No. — MM[Inch] Nem IFttb]
1 10 Attercooler Mounting. 24 1 18)
2 {5/16} Aftercooler Water Hose Clamp... 5 (4
3 [15/16] Alternator Pulley .. 80 { 59]
4 1301 [3/4] Alternator Link (Delco 15-20-27 Si)... 43 [32]
5 16 Alternator Mounting Bolt 15 SI... 43 32)
5 18 Altenator Mounting Bolt and Nut 20-27 SI 7 { 57]
6 13 Alternator Support (Upper)... . 24 [ 18]
7 23 ‘Balancer Mounting... 50 [ 36)
(Alternately Tighten. 80 { 58]
In Three Steps) 175, [129]
8 Allen 8mm Balancer Idler Gear .. 43 [ 32)
9 Allen mm Belt Tensioner Flat Bracket .. 24 { 18)
10 18 Belt Tensioner Mounting 43 { 32]
Camshaft Bolt, 27 | 20)
Rotate 180 Degrees
1 13 24 { 18]
[3/8] Coolant Heater. 12 [ 9)
12 12 Connecting Rod Bol 35 [ 26)
{Alternately Tighten .. 70 (51)
In Three Steps) ...... 100 [ 73}
13 15 Crankshaft Damper & Pulley... 125 [ 92]
4 18 ‘Cylinder Head Mounting . we Step 1 (All) 90 [ 66]
7 ne tep 2 (All). Recheck to 90 [ 66)
. Step 3 (Long Capscrews) 120 [ 90]
Step 4 Recheck (Long Capscrews Only) 120 190)
Step 5 aly Rotate 90°
15 15/16} Crossover Clamp... 5 1 4)
16 13 Exhaust Manifold. 43 { 32}
7 13 Exhaust Outlet Pipe Brkt, Mounting - 43 { 32]
18 13 Exhaust Outfet Pipe, Flanged.. 24 [ 18]
19 (7/16) Exhaust Outlet Pipe, V Band Clamp 8 t 6
20 10 Fan Bracket Mounting.......... 24 [ 18)
21 13 Fan Pulley. . Pr [ 18)
22 19 Flywheel 137 [101]
23 15 Flywheel Housing . 7 [ 57]
24 13 Flywheel Housing Access Cover 24 [ 18)
18 [1/2 Fiywheel Housing Plug .. 36 ( 25)
26 - Front Cover Cap vce... —Hand Tighten—
27 18 Front Engine Support Mounting « 7 [ 57)
28 ft 1/8] Front Engine Support (Barrel) . 350 [257]
29 7 Fue! Banjo Screw (In Fuel Pump). 32 [ 24]
30.17 Fuel Banjo Screw (In Head) ... 24 [ 18)
310 Fual Banjo Screw (In Injector) 9 [7]
320 Fual Vent Screw (In Banjo).. 9
33 80-95 Fuel Filter : 3/4 Turn Atter Contact
34 14 Fuel Low Pressure Supply (Litt Pump Outlet). 24 { 18}
35 24 Fuel Filter Adapter Nut....... u . 32 ( 24]
36 O17, Fuel Line Fitting (High Press).. 24 (18)Engine Component Torque Value:
Page V-4
Socket or
Wrench
Ref. Size
No. MM{Inch]
3722
10
(9/16)
3813
24
22
3310
40 10
4 10
42 24
43 10
15/8]
“4 10
4 18
46 23
47 15
4875-85
4910
5017
si 47
52 10
5319
S413
8513
56 10
5715
5B 13
15
89 (3/4)
(15/16)
60 8
6113
62 [14]
630
64 10
6 10
66 10
67 T-25 Torx
10
68 15
Engine Component Torque Values
Fuel Pump Drive Gear (With Pump Unlocked)
Bosch (Rotary), Lucas CAV, Stanadyne DB4,
Nippondenso.....
Bosch (P3000, P7100) ..
Fuel Pump Lock (Bosch) .
Fuel Pump Unlock (Bosch .. . fees
Fuel Pump Lock (CAV) (Stanadyne DB4)
Fuel Pump Unlock (CAV) (Stanadyne DB4) essen
Fuel Pump Mounting Nut (Bosch Rotary) (Stanaayne.
Fuel Pump Mig. Nut (Nippondenso)
Fuel Pump Mig. Nut (Lucas CAV)...
Fuel Pump Mtg. Nut (Bosch tn-Lina) -...o...-
Fuel Pump Solenoid
(Bosch VE)
(CAV).
Fuel Pump Support Bracket...
Geer Cover. .
Gear Housing-to-Block
Injector Retaining Nut...
Intake Manifold Cover
Intake Heater Plug
Lift Pump Mounting/Cover Plate.
Lifting Bracket (Rear). . —
Main Bearing Cap........ : Step 1
. . soseesStep 2
Step 3
Fill Tube Mounting...
Oll Fitter... .
Gil Cooler Assembly
Oil Pan Drain Plug...
Oil Pan Heater Plug
Oil Pan Mounting...
Oil Pressure Regulator Plug “ .
il Pump Mounting... . .
Oil Suction Tube (Flange). en
Oil Suction Tube Brace
PTO Adapter...
PTO Adapter Cover Plate (A Drive).
PTO Adapter Cover Plate (B Dew)...
PTO Gear Nut A Drive
PTO Gear Nut 8 Drive
Rear Seal Mounting ..
Rocker Support...
Rocker Lever Nut
Starter Mounting .
Tach Drive Retainer. vn
Tappet Cover/Fuel Drain Lina Supports .
Thermostat Housing, ssvstnnseseesnnne
Tinaing Pin Flange Mounting.
Turbocharger Compressor Housing V-8and.
Turbocharger Mounting Nut. 2
Section V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18
B Series
Torque
Nem IFt-ib]
65 [48]
123 [ 92}
165 [122]
30 [22]
13 1 10)
12 [9
12 {91
24 (18)
43 [ 32]
30 [ 22]
43 {32}
43 [ 32]
15 [1]
24 [ 18)
24 [ 18)
24 { 18)
60 [ 44]
24 [ 18]
125 { 90)
24 { 18)
7 { 87]
60 ( 44]
119 { 88]
176 {129}
43 { 32]
3/4 Turn After Contact
24 [18]
80 { 60]
80 | 60)
24 { 18)
80 { 60]
24 [ 18)
24 [ 18]
24 { 18)
77 ( 57]
43 [ 32]
7 [57]
400 { 74]
134 [100]
9 {7
24 [18]
34 [ 25)
43 [ 32]
3 {2
24 1 18]
24 [18]
& ( 4)
85 { 6
43 (32)
™Section V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18
B Series
Ref.
No.
69
”
72
73
Socket or
Wrench
Size
MMiInch]
13
[5/8]
13
13
3/8)
13
15
Engine Component Torque Values
Torque
Nem
Turbocharger Oil Drain Tube .... . 24
Turbocharger Oil Supply (Both Ends) 35
‘Turbocharger Turbine Housing 20
Water Hose Clamps 45
Water Inlet Connection. 43
Water Inlet Plugs... 24
Water Pump Mounting .... 24
Valve Cover..... 24
Valve Cover Oil Fill
Engine Component Torque Values
Page V-5
IFt-tb]
[ 18)
[ 26)
[ 15)
{ 4]
{ 32)
38)
[ 18]
[ 18}
Hand TightenComponent Specifications and Torque Values Section V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18
Page V-8 B Series
Component or Assembly (Procedure) _Flef.No./Steps Meine usT
Component Specifications and Torque Values
Engine Assembly - Specifications
Gylinder Bores
Cylinder Bore ID. 102.000 mm MIN. 4.0157 in
102116mm = MAX 4.0203 in
Cylinder Bore Out of Round 0.035mm MAX 0.0014 in
Cylinder Bore Taper 0.076 mm MAX 0.003 in
Crankshatt End Clearance A 0,102 mm MIN, 0.004 in
0.432 mm MAX 0.017 in
ssdbineh
Oil Pressure Regulating Spring
* Spring Free Length
1891 Engines A 60.6 mm MIN 2.985 10
1984 Engines 86.0 mm MIN 2.598 in
* Sonng Tension at 38.50 mm [1,646 1]
Height
(A) 1981 Engines 08.0N = MIN 24.51
{6} 1994 Engines, ai2N MIN, BLT
Flywheel Housing Bore I.0. |. SAE No,
2 4478mm MAX 17.631
3409.7 mm MAX — 16.19 1
Flywheel Housing Bore Alignment TIR 020mm + MAX — 0.008in
Flywheel Housing Face Alignment TIR SAE No.
2 0.20 mm MAX 0.008 in
3 0.20 mm MAX 0.008 inSection V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18 Component Specifications and Torque Values
B Senes Page V-7
Component or Assembly (Procedure) RefNo /Stepe Meine us.
Flywheel Face Runout TIR Radius
mm in
254 10 0.254 MAX 0.010.
205 8 0.203 MAX 0.008
161 7 0.152 MAX 0.006
187 6 ©0152. MAK 0.008
133 5 0.152 MAX 0.006
Flywheel Bore Runout TIR 0.127 MAK (0.0050
Ol Control Ring End Gap
The two-piece oll ring must be installed with the expander gap 180 degrees from the oil ring gap.
fing ap trae Ges -
‘Top Ring Gap. Naturally Aspirated 0.25 mm MIN 0.010 [=A
058 mm Mix 002m be ve
«Top Ring Gap Turbocharged oaomm OI Geren ») SA
0.70 mm. MAX = 6.028in [Na A
« Intermediate Ring Gap 0.25 mm MIN 0010 |SeaeagagSoxZ4l
gear Gabh ee
Sean aN 2g
Connecting Rod Side Clearance 0.100 mm MIN 0.004 in Y =
oasomn = Max orem (AT
Note: The rod must move freely from side-to-side. i
Gq esc
t ext0dd-
0.330 mm. MAX 0.013 inComponent Specifications and Torque Values Section V Engine Component Specifications Group 18
Page V-8 B Sories
‘Component or Assembly (Procedure) Ref.No./Steps__ Metne Us.
Camshatt Geer Backlash A 0.076 mm. MIN 0.003 in
0.330 mm MAX — 0.013 in
Lubneating Oll Pump Gear Back! A 0.076 mm MIN 0.003 in
0.330 mm MAX 0.013 in
Lubricating Ol! Pump idler Gear Backlash A 0.076 mm MIN 0.0031n
0.330 mm. MAX 0.013 in
Balancer Geer Backlash AtoO — 0.088 mm MIN 0.003
0.420 mm. MAX = 0.017 1n
BtoC — 0.153mm MIN 0.006 in
0.355 mm. MAX 0.054 in
AtoC 0.088 mm MIN 0.003 in
0.420 mm MAX = 0.017 0
Balencer End Cloarance E 0.13 mm MIN 0.005 mn
0.63 mm MAX — 0.024in
F 0.675 mm MIN 0.003 in
0.175 mm MAX — 0.007 in
[] Balancer Torque Value and Sequence 1 50.Nem 36 ftlb
2 80 Nem 58 tt
3 176 Nem, 129 fil
71.8 mm MAX 2.81510
1221 mm MAX = 48071
162.8 mm MAX = 7.201 inSection V- Engine Component Specifications Group 18
Component Specifications and Torque Values
B Series, Page V-9
Component or Assembly (Procedure) Ref.No.JSteps _ Motrle Us
Vibration Damper
Index line out of alignment A 1.588 mm MAX 0.0825 in .
Missing rubber member chunks B 3.175 mm MAX 0.1250 in
(@
soon
Valve Stem to Rocker Lever Clearances
Intake 0.25 mm 0.010 n
Exhaust 0.51 mm 0.020 in
Locknut 34 Nem 25 fib
Valve Adjustment Procedure
Partorm Step A of the valve set procedure with cylinder No. 1 at TOC compression stroke (timing
pin will engage).
Step A. Four Cylinder
Step A Six Cylinder
Perform Step B af the valve set procedure with cylindar No. 1 at TOC plus 360 degrees (timing pin
will not engage),
Mark the crankshaft and gear cover. Rotate the crankshaft one {ull tum in the direction of engine
rotation,
Step'B Four Cylinder
Step B Six Cylinder‘Component Specifications and Torque Values Section V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18
Page V-16 eres
Component or Assembly (Procedure) RefNo [Steps Meine us
Belt Tension = Fan Drive
Belt Tension 267 N MIN 60 tof
578N MAX 130 Ibf
Engine Assembly - Capscrew Torque Values
Main Bearing Capscrew Torque Value
and Sequence 1 60 Nem 44 lb
2 119 Nem 88 fb
3 178 Nem 128 fel
Oll. Pressure Regulator Retainer Plug 80 Nem 60 fel
Rear Seal Cover Mounting 9Nem 84 intb
Flywheel Housing Cepscrews 77 Nem 57 felb
Note: Tighten the capscrews in the
sequence shown
Ring Gear Replacement
Heat the new ring gear for 20 minutes in an oven preheated to 127°C (260°F|
Flywheel Mounting Capscrews 197 Nem 401 fib
Tighten in the sequence snownSection V. Engine Component Specifications Group 18 Component Specitications and Torque Values
B Senes Page V-11
‘Component or Assembly (Procedure) Aef.No/Steps Matric Us.
Flywheel Housing Access Cover 24 Nem 18 fet
Flywheel Housing Plug 36.Nem 27 fb
Connecting Rod Bolt 1 95 Nem 26 ftlb
2 70 Nem 82 ftlb
3 100 Nem 74 ftp
Gear Housing Mounting Capscrews 24Nem 18 ttl
Lubricating Oil, Pan
Note: Tighten the capscrews in the
sequence shown. Start at the center of the
oll-pan and alternate toward both ends. 24 Nem 18 tb
ESTESSTEOTS
‘pB0006
Camshaft Thrust Plate Capscrew 24.Nem 18 tbComponent Specifications and Torque Values
Section V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18
Page V-12 B Series.
‘Component of Assembly (Procedure) _Aet.No/Stepa Maine US.
Oil Pump Mounting Capscrews 24 Nem 18 felb
Tighten in the sequence shown
linder Head Mounting Capscrew
ghten Capscrews in the Sequence
shown)
Step 1 90 Nem 66 tb
Step 2. Recheck to 90 Nem 66 tip
Step 3 (Long capscrews only) 420 Nem 90 ftp
Step 4 {Long capscrews only) Rechack to 120 Nem 90 tb
Step 5 Rotate 8) degrees
Gear Cover Capscrows 24Nem 18 fib
Front Engine Support Mounting 77 Nem 87 fb
Crankshaft Pulley Capscrew 125 Nem 92 fulb
Rocker Cover Capscrews 24 Nem 48 felb
Rocker Pedestal Capcrews (8 mm) 24.Nem 18 felbSection V Engine Component Specifications Group 18 Component Specifications and Torque Values
B Series Page V-13
‘Component or Assembly (Procedure) Ref.NoJSteps Metre US
Starting Motor Mounting Capscrews 43 Nem 82 ftlb
Injection Pump Mounting Nuts
Nippondenso 43. Nem 32 Hb
Lucas CAV, Bosch (Rotary), Stanadyne O84 30 Nem 22 ttlb
Bosch (in-Line) 43 Nem 32 fei
Fuel Transfer Pump Mounting Capscrews 24 Nem 18 feb
Injection Pump Drive Gear Nut
Bosch (Rotary), Lucas CAV, Stanadyne DB4 65 Nem 48 ftp
Nippondenso 123 Nem 92 Hb
Bosch (P3000,.P7100) 165 Nem 122 fell,
panes
Fan Hub Mounting Capscrews 24.Nem 18 ttb
Fan Hub Pulley Mounting Capscrews Bmm 24 Nem 18 ft
1omm = 43.Nem 32 tel
‘Thermostat Housing Mounting Capscrews. 24. Nem 18 fibComponent Specifications and Torque Values
Section V_ Engine Component Specifications - Group 18
Senes
Page V-14
Component of Assembly (Procedure) Ref_No/Steps Meine os
Coolant Inlet Connection 43 Nem 32 fib
Water Pump Mounting Capscrews 24 Nem 18 fib
ll Cooler Mounting Capscrews 24.Nem 18 fb
Ol Fill Tube Capecrows 43 Nem 82 feb
Ol Fitter, 3/4 Turn after contact
43 Nem 32 Fup
Exhaust Manifold Cepscrews
Note: Tighten the capscrews in the sequence shown.
Attercooler Inspection
inspect the housing and core for damage.
Check the core for leaks:
* Plug the bottom inlet tube
Water temperature at 60°C [140°F}
Pressurize the core to 483 kPa [70 psi] and submerge in a container of water.Section V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18
Component Specifications and Torque. Values
B Series Page V-15
Component or Assembly (Procedure) Ref.No./Steps _ Metne US.
Aftercooler Capsorews 24. Nem 18 fll
Note: Tighten the capscrews in the sequence shown. eo oon0 08
( = oo =i
. ascaneh
Air Intake Manifold Cepscrews 24.Nem 18 fib
Note: Tighten the capscrews in the sequence shown.
ig cap: a e2e2e2008
eooesee
Liting Bracket (Rear) 77 Nem 57 telb
Alternator Mounting Bracket Capscrews 24.Nem 18 th
Alternator Assembly Torque Sequence
Note: Tighten the capscrews in the sequence shown.
‘Turbocharger Mounting Nuts 43. Nem 92 fb
‘Turbocharger Oil Drain Tube Mounting
Capscrew 26.Nem 18 fibComponent Specifications and Torque Values
Section V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18
Page V-16 BSeres —
Component or Assembly (Procedure) Ref.No/Steps Metre US.
Turbocharger Air Crossover Hose Clamps 5.Nem 46 nb
Turbocharger Oil Drain Line Hose Clamps 6 Nem 59 nb
Turbocharger Turbine Housing Capscrews 20 Nem 15 ftlb
‘Turbocharger Compressor Housing
* Diffuser Plate Cepscrews 8.5 Nem 75 1nd
+ V Band Glamp (Silver Plated Nut) 8.5 Nem 75 sel
Turbocharger Oil Supply Line Connection 35 Nem 26 thib
Cylinder Block - Rebuild Specifications
Cylinder Bore Diameter 102.000mm = MIN 4.0187 1n
102.116mm = MAX — 4.0203 in
Qut-ofRoundness 0.035 mm = MAX — 0.0014 in
Taper 0.076 mm = MAX 0.003 1n
Main Beanng Diemeter
(Beanngs installed) With Capscrews
b] 83.108 mm = MAX 3.27720n
Tightened to 176 Nem [130Section V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18 Component Specifications and Torque Values
B Serres ge V-17
Component or Assembly (Procedure) Aet.No./Steps Metric oS
Main Bearing Bore {.D.
(Without Bearmgs} With Capscrows
Tightened to 176 Nem [130 ft-lb] 87.982 mm MIN, 3.4839 1n
BB.018mm = MAX 3.4653.n
Main Olt Pressure Regulator Valve Bore 18.30 mm MIN, 0.7205 1n
to. 18.35 mim MAX 0.7224 in
Camshatt Bore Diameter s7.222mm = MIN 2.25281n
{umber ¥ bore without bushing) §7.288mm = MAX 2.2543 in,
Number 1 bore with bushing installed) Bato7mm = MIN. 2.1808 in
4146mm = MAX 2.4917 in
Camshatt Bore Diameter $4.086mm = MIN 2.1295 10
All Journals Except No. 1 Ba.tedmm = MAX 2.1324 in
Cylinder Block Overall Flatness
+ End-to-end 9.076 min MAK 0.0031n
* Side-to-side 0.081 mm = MAX 0.002 in
Valve Tappet Bore Diameter 16.000mm = MIN 0.63010
16.055mm MAX 0.682 0
Crankshaft Front and Rear Oil Seal Wear 0.25 mm MAX — 0.010.n
GrooveComponent Specifications and Torque Values
Section V_ Engine Component Specifications
Group 18
Page V-18 B Sens
‘Component or Assembly (Procedure) _Ref.No./Steps_~ Metric US.
Ti Crankshaft Connecting Rod Journal 0.0. 68.962mm = MIN 2.7150 m
69.019mm = MAX 2.7170 in
Out of roundness 0,050 mm MAX 0.002 in
A , Taper 0.013 mm MAX 0.005 in
Bearing clearance 0.114 me MAX 0.0045 in
concn
Crankshaft Main Bearing Journal Diameter 82.962 mm MIN 9.2662 in
83.013 mm = MAX 3.2682 in
(Out of roundess 0.050 mm MAX “0.002 in
Taper 0.013 mm MAX. 0.005 in
Bearnng clearance 0.119 mm MAX 0.0047 in
Crankahaft Thrust Face Width 37475mm = MIN 1.4754.
37.602 mm = MAX 1/4804 in
Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Flange 0.0. 128975mm = MIN, S.11711n
190.025 mm = MAX 5.1194 in
Cronkshatt Damper Pilot 0.0, 18926mm = MIN. 0.745010
19.000 mm = MAX 0.7480 in
Main Bearing Shell Thickness (Standard) 2.438 mm MIN 0.0960 in
2464 mm MAX —0.09701n
Crankshaft Thrust Beanng Flange
Thickness 2.45 mm MIN, 0.086 in
255 mm MAX 0.100n
mbeodnahSection V_ Engine Component Specifications Group-18
Component Specifications and Torque Values
B Series Page V-19
‘Component or Assembly (Procedure) Metre US.
Connecting Rod Bearing Thickness 4,955 mm MIN 0.07691
(tandard) 1.868 mm MAX 0.075 1n
Crankshaft Gear Bore 1.0. 63.910 mm MIN 2.5161 in
63.ea4mm = MAX 2.5171 in
Crankshaft Gear Journal 0.0. 63.987mm = MIN 2.519210
64.006mm = MAX 2.51990
Crankshatt Pulley Crankshaft Pilot Bore 19.05 mm MN, 0.7500 in
1D. 19.15 mm MAX 0.7539 in
stun
Connecting Rad Piston Pin Bore 1.D.
Bushing Removed 42.987mm = MIN. 1.6824 in
49.013 mm = MAX .6934 in
Bushing Installed (1991 Engines) 40.083mm = MIN. 4.876919
40.076mm = MAX 1.87781
Bushing Installed (1804 Engines) 40.019mm MIN 1.57561
40.042mm = MAX 1.57651
Connecting Rod Crankshaft Bore ILD.
(Bearings Installed} 68.081mm = MIN. 2.7185 in
69.103 mm = MAX 2.7208 in
(Boanngs Removes) 72.987 mm = MIN 2.8735 1n
73.013mm = MAX 2.8745 in
exon
Connecting Red Length 191.975mm MIN. 7.5581 in
192.028 mm © MAX — 7.5600 in
Connecting Rad Alignmer
* (With Bushing) 0.15 mm MAX 0.006 inComponent Specifications and Torque Values Section V Engine Component Speci ns Group 18
Page V-20 B Senes
Component or Assembly (Procedure) Ref.No./Steps Metric US.
Connectind Rod Twist:
owt Bushing) 0.1mm MAX 0.008 in
Camshaft Bearing Journal Diameter $3.962mm MIN. 2.124510
Baorsmm = MAX 2.1268 in
eG
ot}
coven
Camshatt Gear Mounting Surtace 0.0. 41.575 mm MIN. 1.6368
419593mm = MAX 1.6375 n
eatoann n
Camshaft Thrust Beanng Journal 0.0. 45.550 mm MIN 1.7933 in
48.780 mm = MAX. 1.8012:m
extnaron
Camshaft Diameter at Peak of Intake 47.040 mm MIN 1.852 in
\ the Lobe 47492 mm = MAX. 1.870in
Exhaust 46.770mm MIN. 4841 in
47.222 mm = MAX 1.858 in
Foal Transler 2550mm = MIN. 1.338 1n
q Pump 36.26 mm MAX 1428in
For turbochargers with a senal number after and including 84068,
Turbocharger Radial Clearance 0.90 mm MIN 0.01210
0.48 mm MAX 0.018 in
Wastegate Rod Travel at the Following
Wastegate Applied Pressure 0.33 mm Min 0.019 in
43 mm Max 0.080 in
Wastegate ,
Engine HP Applied
Year Rating Application Pressure
To 0 Aatomotive (4B) 133 KPa TTS psl]
1391 190-230 Automotive 158 kPa [22.2 psi)
1994 160-175 Avtomot 189 kPa [19.8 psi]
1994 180-230 Automotive 198 kPa [28.7 psi)
1994 All Industral 191 kPa (27.7 psi}
Intake Air Restriction (Rated Speed and
Load)
Naturally Aspirated Engine 508mm H,0 MAX 201m HO.
+ Turbocharged Engine 835 mm HO MAX 25 in H20Section V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18
Component Specifications and Torque Values
B Sores Page V-33
Component or Assembly (Procedure) _Ref.No./Steps Metric US.
Charge Aur Cooler
Differential Pressure Across Cooler 2t kPa Max. 3 pst
Exhaust Air Restriction (Rated Speed and
Load) 76.2mmHg MAX 3in Hg
(Naluraly aspirated engines are checked at
fated saeed and no load)
Automotive With Catalyst 143 mmHg MAX $5in Hg
Automotive Without Catalyst ase4mmH9 MAX 6.0 mHg
Exhaust Manifold Flatness 010mm MAX 0,004 n
Compressed Air System Torque Values
Air Compressor Mounting Nuts 77 Nem 87 tel
Aur Compressor Support Capserews 24 Nem 18 tei
‘Aur Compressor Oil Suppy Line 45.Nem 12 (eb
18 te
Air Compressor Coolant Lines 24 NemComponent Specifications and Torque Values
Section ¥ Engine Component Specifications Group 18
Page V-34 B Series
Component or Assembly (Procedure) RefNo /Steps Metric US.
Electrical System
Staring Motor Mounting Capscrews 43 Nem 32 ftp
Coolant Heater 12.Nem 408 ino
ar
UA
VA
Alternator Mounting Bracket Dimension
Delco 10/1SI 55.72 mm 23/16 1in
Motorola 100 Amp 81 mm 3.3/8 in
Delco 20/2781 98 mm 37/8 in
Lucas 78 mm 3in
Alternator Assembly Torque Sequence
Belt Tensioner Capscrew
Alternator Link
‘8 mm Capscrew
40 mm Capscrew
Alternator Mounting Bolt
Delco 10 to 1581, Lucas, Motorola and Bosch
Delco 20sI, 27SI, 2981
1 Alternator-to-alternator bracket capscrew.
2, Lower brace-to-alternator capscrew.
3, Alternator-to-water inlet capscrew.
4, Water inletto-block capscrews,
43 Nem 32 fib
A 24 Nem 18 ftlb
8 43 Nem 32 feb
43. Nem 82 fib
80 Nem 59 ft-lbSection V Engine Component Specifications Group 18 Component Specifications and Torque Values
B Series Page V-35
‘Component or Assembly (Procedure) _Ref.No./Steps Metric US.
Alternator Bracket Mounting Capscrews 24Nem 18 ftlb
8mm
Alternator Pulley Nut a0 Nem 59 feb
Batteries State of Charge anny sue] Spee Gan]
Specitic Gravity State of Shane’ | arte ate
at 27°C [80°F] Charge aa ae
© 21
1,200 to 1.220 50% =. eae.
1,170 to 1190 25% J ee
THO to 1 130, Discharged — | Bisranor [01-30]
Engine Testing - Test Specifications
Note: The specitications and instructions {or testing the engine are provided in the Shop Manuel,
Bulletin No. 2810206. Refer to Engine Testing Group 14, Page 14-1
Rooge-Drive Belt Tension
Section V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18
Page V-36 B Senes
Drive Belt Tension
SAE Belt Size Belt Tension Gauge Belt Tension Belt Tension Range
Part No. New Used*
Click-type Burroughs N tot N Ibf
.380 In. 3822524 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
440 in. (3822524 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
1210. 3822524 sT 1198 620 | 140 | 270 to 490 60 to 110
11/16 in. 3822524 ‘ST 1138 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
3/4 In, 3822524 ST 1138 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
7/8 in. 3822524” ‘ST 1138 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
4rib 3822524 ST 1138 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
5 rib (3822524 ST 1138 670 150 270 to 530 60 to 120
6 rib 3822525, ST 1293 710 160 290 to 580 65 to 130
8 rib 3822525, ST 1293 890 200 360 to 710 80 to 160
10 rib 3822525 3823198 110 | 250 | 440t0@90 | 100 to 200
12 rib (3822525, 3823138 1330 300 530 to 1070 120 to 240
* A belt 1s considered used if it has been in service for ten minutes or longer.
* If used belt tension is less than the minimum value, tighten the belt to the maximum used belt value.Section V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18 FRACTION, DECIMAL, MILLIMETER CONVERSIONS
B Series Page V-37
FRACTION, DECIMAL, MILLIMETER CONVERSIONS
8 16 | 32 | 64 8 16] 32 | 64
THs. | THS. | NOS. | THS. | INCHES | MM | THs. | THS. | NDS. | THs. | INCHES | _MM
1 | 0.0156 | 0.097 33_| 0.6186 | 13.097
1 0.0313 | 0.794 17 05313 | 13.494
3_| 0046s | 1191 35 | 0.5469 | 13.691
1 |__| 0062s | 1588 9 0.5625 | 14.288
S| 007e1 | 1.984 37_|_os7er_| 14.684
3 o.oese | 2.381 19 0.5038_| 15.08
7 | 01094 | 2.78 39 | 0.6004 | 15.478
1 1280 | 3.175 | 5 0.6250 | 15.875
9 | 01406 | 3572 4i_| 0.6406 | 16.272
5 0.1563 | 3.969 21 0.6563 | 16.69 |
11 [_o17se | 4.366 43 | 0.6719 | 17.066
3 0.1875 | 4.763 1 0.6875 | 17.463
13 | 02081 | 5.159 45 | 0.7031 | 17.859
7 0.2168 | 5.556 23 7188 | 18.256
15 | 02300 | 5.953 47_| 0.7344 | 18.653
14 0.2500 | 6.350 | 3/4 _ 0.7500 | 19.050
17 | 0.2656 | 6.747 49_| 0.7656 | 19.447
9 02813 | 7144 25 0.7813 | 19.844
19 | 02969 | 7.541 at_ | 0.7969 [| 20.241
5 0.3125 | 7.938 13 0.8125 | 20.638
ai_|_oszar | 8.334 53_| 0.8281 | 21.034
" 0.3438 | 8.731 27 0.8438 | 21 431
23 | 0.3604 | 9.128 s5_| 0.8594 | 21.828
a 03750 | 9525 | 7 0.8750 | 22.225
25 [| 0.0906 | 9.922 - 57_| 0.8906 | 22.622
3 0.4063 | 10.319 29 0.9063 | 23.019
27_|_0ai9 | 10.716 59 | 09219 | 23.416
7 0.4375 | 11113 15 - 0.9375 | 23.813
23 [| _oasa1_| 11.509 61 | 0.9531 | 24.209
15 0.4688 | 11.906 Ea 0.9888 | 24.606
—_| 31 | oagaa [42.903 63 [ 0.9844 | 25.003
v2 0.5000 | 12.700 [ 1IN. ,0000_| 25.400
CONVERSION FACTOR: 1 INCH = 25.4MMWeight and Measures Conversion Factors
Section V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18
Page V-38 B Series
Weight and Measures - Conversion Factors
QUANTITY | U.S. CUSTOMARY METRIC FROM U.S. FROM METRIC |
CUSTOMARY | TO U.S.
TOMETRIC | CUSTOMARY
MULTIPLY BY | MULTIPLY BY
Unit Name | Abbr. Unit Name ‘Abbr.
‘Area sq. inch wn? 5g. millimeters _|_mm? 645.16 0.001550 |
sq. centimeters | cm® 6.452 0.155
5g. foot ie sq, meter m 0.0929 10.764
Fuel pounds per Tbinp-hr | grams per gikwehr | 608.277 0.001645
Consumption | horsepower ‘lowatt hour
hour
Fuel miles per mpg kilometers per | -kmi/l 0.4251 2.352
Performance |_gatlon iter
gallons per gpm Titers per ken 2.3527 0.4251
mile kilometer
Force pounds force | bl Newton, N 4.4482 0.224809
Length inch 10) millimeters mm 25.40 (0.039370
foot ft millimeters mm 304.801 0.00328
Power horsepower: hp kilowatt kw 0.746 1.341
Pressure pounds force | pst kilopascal kPa 6.8048 0.145037
per sq. in
inches of inHg | kilopascal kPa 3.3769 0.29813
mercury
inches of in H20_| kilopascal KPa 0.2488 4.019289
water
inches of inHg | millimeters mmHg | 25.40 0.039370
mercury ‘of mercury
inches of in H20_ | millimeters mm H20 | 25.40 (0.088370
water of water
bars) bars__|_kilopascals kPa 100.001 (0.00899
bars. bars | millimeters of | mmHg | 750.06 0.001833,
mercury
Temperature | fahrenheit °F centigrade °C (CF-32) = 1.8 | (18x °C) +32
Torque pound force fib Newton-meter | Nem 135582 0.737562
er foot
pound force in Ib Newion-meter | Nem 0.113 8.850756
er inch
Velocity miles/hour mph | kilometersihour | kph 1.6093 0.6214
Volume gallon (U.S) | ga. liter H 3.7853 0.264179
iquu cs
Uiselacement [gallon tmp) | gal Titer H 4.546 0.219976
cubic inch in? iter 1 0.01639 61,02545
‘cubic inch in? cubic om? 16.387 0.06102
centimeter
Weight (mass) | pounds (avoir) | 1b kilograms kg 0.4506 2.204623
Work Bish Thermal | BTU joules 1 1054.5 0.000848
i
Baiish Thermal | BTU Kilowat-hour | kw-hr 0.000283, 3414
nit
horsepower phe | kilowat-hour | kw-hr 0.746 1.341
hoursSection V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18
Newton-Meter to Foot-Pound Conversion Chart
B Series Page V-39
Newton-Meter to Foot-Pound Conversion Chart
Nem ft-lb Nem ftlb Nem tel
1 8.850756 in-lo 55 at 155 "4
5 44 in-lb 60 44 160 ns
6 53 in-lb 65 48 165 122
7 62 in-Ib 70 $2 170 125
8 71 in-lo 7 55 475 129
9 80 in-lb 80 59 180 133
10 89 in-lb 85 63 185 136
1 0.737562 tt-lb- 90 66 190 140
12 9 95 70 195 144
4 10 100 74 200 148
15 Wn 105 7 205 151
16 12 110 81 210 156
18 13 15 85 215 159
20 15 120 89 220 162
25 18 125 92 225 165
30 22 130 96 230 170
35 26 135 100 235 173
40 30 140 103 240 77
45 33 145, 107 245 180
50 37 150 1m 250 184
NOTE: To convert from Newton-Meters to Kilogram-Meters divide Newton-Meters by 9.803.Newton-Meter to Foot-Pound Conversion Chart
Page V-40
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - U.S. Customary
‘SAE Grade Number 5 é
Capscrew Head Markings
These are all SAE Grade 5 (3) line
BQ
Section V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18
B Series
Capscrew Torque Grade § Capscrew Capscrew Torque Grade 8 Capscrew
Capscrew Body Size Cast Iron ‘Aluminum’ Cast Iron ‘Aluminum’
Nem fb Nem ftb Nem ftlb Nem tb
W420 g 7 8 6 15 it 8 6
28 2 9 9 7 18 13 8 7
sé 18 20 15 18 12 30 2 16 12
24 23 7 19 44 33 24 18 14
3 16 40 30 25 20 55 40 25 20
24 40 30 35 25 60 48 35 25
m6 14 60 45 45 35 90 65 45 35
20 65 50 55 40 95 70 55 40
12 43 35 70 re 55 130 95 75 55
20 100 75 80 60 150 110 80 60
ane 12 435 100 110 80 190 140 +10 80
18 150 410 "5 85 210 185 15 85
58 11 180 135 150 110 255 190 150 110
18 210 155 160 120 290 215 160 120
aia 10 825 240 255 190 460 340 255 190
16 985 270 285 210 515 380 285 210
718 9 430 360 380 280 745 550 380 280
4 530 390 420 310 825 610 420 310
18 720 530 570 420 +100 820 570 420
650 480
14 800 590 650 480 1200 280Section V_ Engine Component Specifications Group 18 Capscrew Markings and Torque Values
B Series Page V-41
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values
Caution: When replacing capscrews, always use a capscrew of the same measurement and strength as
the capscrew being replaced. Using the wrong capscrews can result in engine damage.
Metric capscrews and nuts are identified by the grade number stamped on the head of the capscrew or on the
surface of the nuts. U.S. Customary capscrews are identified by radial lines stamped on the head of the capscrew.
The following examples indicate how capscrews are identified:
Metric M8-1.25 X 25
U.S. Customary [5/16 X 18 X 1-1/2]
_MB ___1.25 25 5/16 18 12
Major Distance Tength Major Number Length
Thread Between in Threas Threads in
Diameter in Threads in Millimeters Diameter par Inch Inches
Millimeters Millimeter In Inches
NOTES:
1 Always use the torque values listed in the following tables when specific torque values are not available.
2. Do not use the torque values in place of those specified in other sections of this manual.
3. The torque values in the table are based on the use of lubricated threads.
4. When the ft-lb value 1s less than 10, give consideration to convert
ng the ft-lb value to in-Ib to obtain a better
torque with an in-lb torque wrench. Example: 6 ft-lb equals 72 in-Ib.Pipe Plug Torque Values Section V Engine Component Specifications Group 18
Page V-42 8 Senes
Pipe Plug Torque Values
Size Torque: Torque
Tn Gast Iron oF
Thread Actual Thread 0.D. In Aluminum Components Steel Components:
a aT Nem ft-lb Nem ft-lb
6 0.32 5 45 in-Ib 15 10,
Ve 0.41 15 10 20 15
14 sd 20 15 25 20
38 0.68 25 20 35 25
12 0.85 35 25 55 40
3/4 1.05 45 35 75 55
1 1.32 60 45 95 70
114 1.66 7 55 15 85
12 1.90 85 65 135 100Section V Engine Component Specifications Graup 18 Tap-Drill Chart U.S, Customary & Metric
B Series Page V-43
Tap-Drill Chart - U.S. Customary & Metric
NOTE ON SELECTING TAP-DRILL SIZES: The tap dril sizes shown on thus card gve the theorexical tap drill size for approximately 60%
‘and 7566 of full thread depth. Generally itis recommended that drill sizes be selected in the 60% range as these sizes will provide about
80% of the potential holding power. Drill sizes in the 75% range are recommended for shallow hole tapping (iess than 1 1/2 times ihe hole
diameter) in soft melals and mild steel.
ep Sie aw She rit Tap ar Tap Sie Dar
Te se Ste ae ec wee Sie we Tm] _Siee
% za TSA 325m
135mm ree fe {gies sea | tne
8 20mm Yeonm Mises | 12850
oe |e is mises 13 7am
200mm usse9 | 480mm 2.700 Se 38068
Maseas | 208mm vou |za8? [50 Mow.2s | 275mm maior | 98.000
‘ idem 34 25mm
aaa aos | 8S Drom Form 8 | ane
2onm ssc 235mm per | 510 wus |Wiers | 420mm
meses |uzeces | 218mm 1328 ane Yao 25 [ar | 800mm sere ates
Be fag [a 2 ° 135mm
200m Laon 80mm sions 1Scorm
Maseas Basen * wan 82000
Sen? [aw [SS 90mm 2
20mm 0 8 25mm
233mm ¢ 830mm mira
ao few [2 ex | 500mm eis | eames | 206 mamas [anaes
si 3 20mm
wore | 2ad0m Summ a2 |) moods | mse
wa a wero | Moats | 80mm nee
25mm ‘vse Seonm ese
io 6 R then s
wae [ses [230mm Mex S zomm ren 700m aici | Mims
» 5 Va2rer fie tees
su | mcr | 825mm wane 2s | 6250 micas
aes 250mm S3onm mons Beonm
pao [see [37 1420, ? 8
20mm uses Saomm Bonn oats [ore | tis
su few |e were | wwon.25 ance — | 928em foes | 170m
25mm Sone r 73mm
fee 3 2 somm
3 350m aaee maoes | wae
eon ene 2 mon Bzamm aoe
x 570mm 8.330m
ex few fe 338mm meu | a0
f35c6¢ | Peomm : 8 somm
2 320mm Monts | 8somm aoe 5
Mase Soom 550mm Be
ox a x v
Somm ‘see Sonn
tie wre | 609m 2 oem nes
320mm 5 8.3mm Mees
ters [328m S100 mores Som 19
30 é theta w {e730
en? | 350mm wares E2aem 200m meas comm
Macs 30mm 5 mex | Sage hie
Mat 2 wes | 625mm fain | | me2xe 20. 35eun
350mm SSsem 620 x 2osomn
2 e miants | to2omm | | ret tue
e22 ise va ¥ 20.780
dsomm res 6 domm fase mores |uaus | som
a3 2 Sonn z tise
Soamm snow |F varani7s fans | fosomm 2ireimm
ae 600m tana | znee 2rae
ase.7s | Som 6 miarss [Miae.25 | a%smm || zen 2'Sdmm
tox” [2s Samm Sida 3s Noon 250m
Sieomm tise tats m8 Sie
ae axi2s | 75mm Weeuer Mowe — | 320mm
M5075 390mm sree k n4asmm ve ie
2 6000 usimn | | wane 228mm
02 $30r0m Bie wauns | 220mm
wore 2 sieee [H 75mm || 18 Shien
mise | Eoomm moa as here | 00m Wom || zee 22750m
tose | i ozo | ine was | 2300mm
2 310m anew | tee2 ver | ais
see | Som see k Miog | 120m ase 23.36
ase) | ase | €z0mm Sia ‘agemm | | vate Saree
to? ‘3 oe 120m anew auee Bonn
Use ase 128mm tied fassons | 128tnm || mene Bosom
aoe 133mm 13bem shew | ve rae ite
‘e t mavens | tte 2s | 12 75mm
Wee 5 some Mian as sStonn
" uM bhewe 26Section L Service Literature
BSenes PageL 1
Section L - Service Literature
Section Contents
Additional Service Literature.
Service Literature Ordenng Location.
Service Publications Order Form...Additional Service Literature Section L Service Literature
Page.L-2 B Seties
Additional Service Literature
The following publications can be purchased by filling in and mailing the Service Literature Order Form:
Bulletin No, Title Of Publication
3666087 Troubleshooting and Repair Manual
3666017 B Serias Engine Shop Manual
3810234 B Series Alternative. Repair
3666029 4B Series Standard Repair Times
3666028 6B Series Standard Repair TimesSection L Service Literature
B Series
Service Literature Ordering Location
Region
United States and Canada
U.K., Europe, Mid-East, Africa,
and Eastern European Countries
South and Central America
(excluding Brazil and Mexico)
@razil and Mexico
Far East (excluding
Australia and New Zealand)
Australia and New Zealand
Service Literature Ordering Location
Page L-3
Ordering Location
Cummins Distributors
or
Cummins Engine Co., Inc.
Publishing Services CMC 40924
Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
Cummins Engine Co.,‘Ltd.
Royal Oak Way South
Daventry
Northants, NN11 5NU, England
Cummins Americas, Inc.
18085 N.W. 52nd Avenue
Hialeah, FL 33104
‘Cummins Engine Co., Inc.
International Parts Order Dept., MC 40931
Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
Cummins Diesel Sales Corp.
Literature Center
8 Tanjong Penjuru
Jurong Industrial Estate
Singapore
‘Cummins Diesel Australia
Maroondah Highway P.O.B, 139
Ringwood 3134
Victoria, Australia
Obtain current price information from your local Cummins Distributor or (for U.S.A.) by calling Cummins
Toll Free Number 1-800-DIESELS (1-800-343-7357).Service Literature Order Form
Use this form for prompt handling of your literature order from the factory
item | umber Pubcation [auanity | "Bach"? | amount
1 ¢ i$
2
3
4
5
6
Publications Total
C1 Payment Enclosed, Make certified check or Indiana Residents:
money order payable to Cummins Engine Co. Add 5% Sales Tax
CO Please ship €.0.D. (U.S.A. only) Handling & Shipping Chg:
No. Items X $1.50
Prices subject to change without notice. Order Total sFor factory orders, mail the Service Publications Order Form along with your ship-to address to:
‘Cummins Engine Co., Inc., Publishing Services (MC 41407)
Box 3005, Columbus, IN 47202-3005.
FROM:
Name:
Street Address:
City:
Country:
State: Zip Code:
SHIP TO: (Name and address where literature 1s to be shipped)
Name:
Street Address:
city: State: — Zip Code:
Country"Section C Component Manufacturers
B Senes Page C-1
Section C.- Component Manufacturers
Section Contents
Page
United States and United Kingdom Ottices..
Air Cylinders
Air Heaters ..
Arr Starting Motors
Alternators ....
Auxiliary Brakes ..
Bolts ... .
Clutches
Coolant Heaters
Drive Plates
Electric Starting Motors
Fan Clutches
Fans ...
Filters.
Flexplates
Fuel Warmers ...
Gauges ..
Governors
Hydraulic and Power Steering jumps
Oil Heaters ...
Safety Controls
Torque ConvertersUnited States and United Kingdom Offices
Page C-2
United States and United Ki
Sectlon C Gomponent Manufacturers
B Seres
igdom Offices
NOTE: The following list contains addresses and telephone numbers of suppliers of accessories used on Cummins
engines. Suppliers may be contacted directly for any specifications not covered in this manual.
Aur Cylinders
Bendix Lid.
Douglas Road
Kingswood
Bristol
England
‘Telephone: 0272-67181
Cateing Engneening
2101 Roberts Drive
Broadview, iL 60153
Telephone: (312) 344-2034
Air Heaters
Fleetguard, Inc,
Route &
Cookeville, TN 48501
Telephone: (615) 526-9555
Kim Hotstart Co.
West 917 Broadway
Spokane, WA 99210
Telephone: (509) 534-6171
Air Starting Motors.
Ingetsoll Rand
‘Chorley New Road
Horwich
Bolton
Lancashire
England
BL6 BIN
Telephone: 0204-65544
Ingersoll-Rand Engine
Starting Systems
888 Industrial Drive
Elmmurst, IL 60128
Telephone: (312).30-3800
Start Master
Air Starting Systems
‘A Division of Sycon Corporation
P 0, Box 491
Manon, OH 43302
Telephone: (614) 382-5771
Alternators
Robert Bosch Lid.
P.O. Box 98
Broadwater Park
North Orbital Road
Denham
Uxbnidge
Middlesex UD9 SHG.
England
Telephone: 0895-839633
Butec Electrics
Cleveland Road
Leyland
PRS 1XB
Englend
Telephone: 0744-21663,
CAV Electrical Equipment
P.O. Box 38
Warple Way
London
Ws 78S
England
Telephone: 01-74-3111
A.C, Deleo Components Group
Civic Offices
Sentral Milton Keynes
MK9 3EL
England
Telephone: 0908-66001
Delco-Remy
P.O. Box 2439
Anderson, (N 46018
Telephone: (317) 646-7838
Leece-Neville Corp,
1374. 5tst Si
Cleveland, OH 44013,
Telephone: (216) 431-0740
Auxiliary Brakes
‘The Jacobs Manutacturing Company
Vehicle Equipment Division
‘22-East Dudley Town Road
Bloomfield, C¥ 08002
Telephone: (203) 243-1441
Belts
Dayco Rubber UK.
Sheffield Street
Stockport
Chestire
Ska 1RV
England
Telephone: 061-432-5163
T.B.A, Ind. Products
P.O. Box 77
Wigan
Lancashire
“WIN2 4X)
England
‘Telephone: 0942-59221
Bayeo Corp.
Belt Technical Center
P.O. Box 3258
‘Springfield, MO 65804
Telephone: (417) 881-7440
Gates Rubber Company
8610 Crawtordsvile Road
Suite 2002
Speedway, IN 46224
Telephone: (817) 248-0386
Goodyear Tire and
Rubber Company
48 South Franklin Road
Indianapolis, IN 46219
Telephone: (317) 888-4170
Clutches
Advanced Drivetrain Corporation
‘938 South Mare Road
Columbus, IN 47201
Telephone: (812) 377-8894
‘Twin Diec International S.A,
Chaussee de Namur
Nivelles
Belgum
Telephone: 067-224941
‘Twin Dise Clutch Co.
Racine, Wi 53403
Telephone: (414) 634-1981
Coolant Heaters
Fleetguard, Inc.
Routeé
Cookeville, TN.38501
Telephone: (615) 526-9651
Drive Plates
Detrolt Diese! Allison
Division of General Motors
Corporation
P.O. Box 894
Indianapolis, IN 46206
Telephone: (317) 244-1511
Electric Starting Motors
Butec Electrics
Cleveland Road
Leyland,
PRS 1XB
England
Telephone: 0744-21663
CAN Slectrcal Equipment
P.O. Box 36
Warple Way
London
W3 78S
England
Telephone: 01-743-3111
A.C. Delco Components Group
Cine Offices
Central Milton Keynes.
MK9 3EL
England
Telephone: 0908-66005
Delco-Remy,
P.O. Box 2439
Anderson, IN 46018
Telephone: (317) 646-7838
Leece-Naville Corp.
1974 E, Stst Street
Cleveland, OH 44013
Telephone: (216) 431-0740
Fans
Teutlo Lid,
Westwood Read
Birmingham.
86 7J
England
Telephone: 021-857-4101
Hayes-Albion
1999 Wildwood Avenue
Sackson, MI 48202
Telephone, (S17) 782-8421
Engineering Cooling Systems
201 W Carmel Drive
Carmel, IN 46032
Telephone: (317) 846-0498
Brookside
McCordsvitle, IN 48055
Telephone: ($17) 873-5099
Agrovent
8777 Purdue Ra.
Indianapolis, IN 46268
Telephone: (317) 872-0030Section © Component Manufacturers
B Series
sKysor
1100 Wright Street
Cadillac, MI 49601
Telephone: (616) 775-4681
Schwitzer
1125 Brookside Avenue
P.O. Box 80-8
Indianapolis, IN 46206
Telaphone: (817) 269-3100
Fan Clutches
‘Advanced Drivetrain Corporation
983 South Marr Road
Columbus, IN 47201
Telephone: (812) 377-8894
Holset Engineering Co, Ltd,
P.0. Box §
Tumbndge
Huddersfield
England
Telephone: 0484-22244
Horton Industries, Inc.
P.O. Box 9455
Minneapolis, MN 55440
Telephone: (612) 378-6410
Rockford Power Train, Inc.
1200 Windsor Road
P.O. Box 2308
Rockford, iL 61192-2908
Telephone: (815) 633-7460
Transportation Components Group
Facet Enterprises, Inc.
Eirewra, NY 14993
Telephone: (607) 737-8212
Filters
Fleoiguard International Corp.
Cavalry Hill Industrial Park
Weedon
Northampton NN7 4TO
England
Telephone: 0327-41813
Fleetguard, Inc.
Route 8
Cookeville, TN 38501
‘Telephone: (615) 526-9551
Flexplates
Corrugated Packing and
Sheet Metal
Hamsteriey.
Newcastle Upon Tyne
Telephone: 207-560-505
Detroit Diesel Allison
Division of General Motors
Corporation
P.O. Box 294
Indianapolis, IN 46206
Telephone: (317) 244-1511
Detroit Diesel Allison
Division of General Motors
96501 Van Born Road
Romulus, Ml 48174
‘Telephone: (313) 595-5711
Midwest Mig. Co
30161 Southfield Road
Southfield, Mi 48076
‘Telephone: (313) 642-5955
Fuel Warmers
Fleetguard, Inc,
Route 8
Cookeville, TN 38501
Telephone: (618) 526-9551
Gauges
ALS.
Oyifon industrial Estate
Ystrad Mynach
Hengoed
Mid Glamorgan
CF8 7xD
England,
Telephone: 0443-812791
Grasslin U.K. Ltd.
Vale Rise
Tonbridge
Kent
TNO 1TB
England
‘Telephone: 0732-359868
Icknield Instruments Ltd.
Jubilee Road
Letchworth
Herts
England
Telephone; 04626-5851
‘Superb Too! and Gauge Co.
21 Princip Street
Biemingharn
Ba 61
England
Telephone: 021-359-4876
Kabi Electrical and Plastics
Granborne Road
Pottors Bar
Herts
ENG JP
England
Telephone: 0707-53444
Datcon Instrument Go.
P.O. Box 128
East Petersburg, BA 17520
Telephone: (717) 569-5713
Rochester Gauge of Texas
1137 Denton Onive
Dallas, TX 75229,
Telephone: (214) 241-2161
Governors
Woodward Governors Lid.
P.O, Box 18
663/664 Ajax Avenue
Slough
Bucks
SLi 40D
England
Telephone: 0753-26835
Woodward Governor Co.
1000 E. Drake Road
Fort Collins, CO 80522
Telephone: (303) 482-5811
Barber Colman Co.
1800 Rock Street
Rockford, IL 61101
Telephone: (815) 877-0241
United States.and United Kingdom Offices
Page C-3
United Technologies
Diese! Systems
000 Jone Bivd.
Oak Brook, IL 60521
Telephone: (312) 325-2020
Hydraulic and Power
Steering Pumps
Hobourn Eaton Lid.
Priory Road
Strood
Rochester
Kent
Me2 28D
Telephone: 0634-71773
Honeywell Control Systams Ltd.
Honeywell House
Chaties Square
Bracknell
Berks RG12 168
Telephone: 0344424555
Sundstrand Hydratec Ltd.
Cheney Manor Trading Estate
Swindon
Wiltshire
SN2 2PZ
England
Telephone: 0793-30101
Sperry Vickers
1401 Crooks Road
Troy, Mi 48084
Telephone: (313) 280-3000
ZF
P.O. Box 1240
Grafvonsoden Strasse
5-9 07070
Schwaebisch Gmuond
West Germany
Telephone: 7070-7171-31510
Oil Heaters
Fleeiguard, Inc.
Route 6
Gookeville, TN 38501
Telephone: (615) 526-9551
Kim Hotstart Co,
West 917 Broadway
Spokane, WA 99210
Telephone: (509) 534-6171
Safety Controls
Teddington Industrial
iment
Windmill Road
Sunburn on Thames
Middlesex
TWi6 7HF
England
Telephone: 09327-85500
The Nason Company
10388 Enterprise Drive
Davisburg, MI 48018
‘Telephone: (313) 625-5381
Torque Converters
‘Twin Disc International S.A.
Chaussee de Namur
Nivelles
Belgium
Telephone: 067-224941United States and United Kingdom Offices
Page C-4
Twin Disc Clutch Co.
Racine, WI 53403
Telephone: (814) 634-1981
Rockford Division
Borg-Warner Corporation
1200 Windsor Road
P.O. Box 7007
Rockford, IL 61125-7007
‘Telephone: (815) 633-7460
Modine
1500 OeKoven Avenue
Racine, WI $3407
Telephone: (414) 636-1640
Section © Component Manufacturers
B SeriesAbout the Manual oon.
Accessories Installation
ae
Accessories Removal. sons oo
Accessory Drive Cleaning o4
‘Accessory Drive Inspection a4
Accessory Drive Adapter Exploded View 92
‘Accessory Drive Adaptor Assembly ..... os
‘Accessory Onve Adaptor Disassembly. ea
‘Additional Service Literature L2
Attercoale: Asaombly Cleaning end ingpection for Reuse. 106
Inspection. 106
Attarcooler Assembly - Rebuild... co 107
A Compressor Clasring and inspection for Reuse 123
IngpBCbOR rain vssennennennn 123
Air Crossov pection for Reuse... 10-8
loaning... 108
Ingpection. fev
Alr Equipment General Information
‘Aur Compressor 122
Ale Intake Systom Expioded View... 102
Air Intake Systam General Information... TO so
Alc Transfer Pipe Cleaning and tnapectin fr use 107
PleanIng sora 107
Inspection.. oo 10-8
Alternator installation . om
Alternator Removal... : on
‘Aiternator Inspection . COI 188
Balancer Assembly. mcssnnnncsnnsse nnn nnn ns ‘st
Balancer Disassembly. 148
Balancer Installation CLE ez
Balancer Romoval Co 08s
Locking the Balancer, nner O88
Measunng Backlash... * 035
‘Measunng the End Piay “08s
Removing the Balancer... 038
Belt Tensioner Inspection B10
Belt Tensioner installation... on SS oat
Belt Tensloner Removal... csc. 19
Balt Tensioner and Fan Hub Exploded View...» 8S.
Balt Tensioner and Fan Hub Generaf Intormation 88
Belt Tensioner i deonenenininrennnne, 8
Blowby Measurement... 47
Blowby Conversion Chart (5.613 mm [0.221 in Grlico), 147
‘Camahatt Cleaning 129
Camshait_ Installation . 058
Camshah End Play Mazsuning 2m 038
Gamshant Goar Backlash Measuring 059
Camshatt Removal... nnn CIN ost
Measuring Gear Lash : 931
Camshratt and Gear inspection... cnn $88
Camshatt Lobe Eege Detenoration (Breakdown) Cri +31
Camshaft Lobe Pitting Reuse Critena.... nes 190
Camshaft Bushing Installation 123
Camshaft Capscraw Installaticn NIE 138
Gamshatt Expansion Plug Instalistion. wenn V22
Camshatt Gear Replacement 134
Camshaft Gear Installation (Heated Gear Method) vances 1-34
Gamshatt Gear Insallaion (ih Speci Too 92388)... 138
Camshaft Gear Removal... co re
Capserew Markings and Torque Values. vat
Charge Ar Cooler (CAC) Clearing andinepecton for Reuse, 108
Cleaning. foe
Ingpection so. CSEEEEEIN, 108
Charge Air Gosier (CAC) Pressure Testing. 109
Chassis Dynamometer Operation : 1420
Component Specifications and Torque Values ~.. VS
‘Air Inlake SySlOM eannneuneninnnnnanninannneeseacce WOR
Combustion Aur System. vat
Compressed Air System Torque Values. vasa
Gylincer Block Rebuild Specifications UNI vas
Cylinder Block Torque Values... vie
Cylinder Head Rebuild Specifications wn. wo... 23,
Gylinder Head Torque Valles... v.25,
Electrical System . fnunnaeanes VS
Engina Assembly Capserew Torque Values... we
Engine Assombly Specifications
Engine Testing Test Speciications
Fan Hub Specifications pon
Fuel System...
Lubricating Gil Systam Specifications
locker Levers and Pedestals
‘Tappet and Push Rods.
Thermostat, Coolant Operating Tempera
Connecting Rod Inspection wenn
Crankshaft Cleaning.
Crenkshatt Inspection...
Grankshatt Installation.
Granksheft Removal
Crenkshatt End Play Measuring,
Crankshaft Gear Replacoment.
Gup Plug Replacement. -.ne.cun
Gylinder Block Cleaning...
Gylinder Block De-Glazing...
Cylinder Block Disassembly.
Cylinder Block Exploded View
Gylinder Block General tnformation
Camshaft...
Grankshatt
Gylindsr Block
Ol Seals
Fistons
Vibration Damper
cylinder Block Inapection.......
Cylinder Block Precheck Before Disassembly
Cylinder Block Prapare for Assembly...
Cylinder Block Removing From the Rollover Stan:
Gylinder Block Service Tools.
Cylinder Block Storing.
Cylinder Block Group inapaction Checklist
Cylinder Head Assombly ss
Gylinger Head Cleaning.
Cylinder Head Disassembiy,
Cylinder Head Installation...
Qylindar Head Pracheck Beiore Disassembly
Gylinder Head Removal.
Cylinder Head Service Tools.
Cylinder Heed Tightening: oo
Cylinder Head Combustion Face Inspection...
Cylinder Head Cracks Reuse Guidelines.
Data Plate Replacement.
Dipstick Removal
Dipstick Tube Replacement
Drive Belt Installation
Dave Belt _Removs
Drive Beit Tension
Drive Units General information
Accessory Drive Adapter
Electrical Equipment General Information vnc...
Engine Painting
Engine Assembly... om
Engine Component Torque Values . :
Engine Diagram Automotive Engine
Engine Disassembly...
Engine Disassembly and Assembly
‘Assembly
Disassembiy
Ganeral Information
Engine Disassembly and Assembly Service Toois.
Engine Disaesembly Cheek List...
Engine Dynamometer Test Engine Rur-in
Engine Dynamometer Tesi Performance Checking
Engine Dynemometer Test installation of the Engine
Engine identification...
Aulomotive Engine Dataplate
Automotive Engine Nomanclaire
Engine Dataplate
Indusinal Engine Nomenclature
Engine Runsin Procedure (Chassis Dynamometer)
Engine RunIn Procedure “In Chassis” (On- and.
Off-Highway Vehicl
OftHighway
On-Highway
vad
1418
168
E2
e2
Es
£2
£3
14-28
1427
1427
3427Index
Page 2
Engine Storage _Long Term ..... soos VON
Rlamoving the Engine from Long-Term Storage wes 1434
Engine Storage Short Tat een ere
Removing the Engine tram Short Term Siorage : 1431
Engine Testing - Engine Side Views sn... 14.145
Engine Testing General information . seen HR
General Engine Test Specifcations..c.cccnwewniesniwns V8
Engine Testing Service Tools. 142,
Engine Weight ... wo oan OB
Exhaust Manifold” Exploded View. oo 12
Exhaust Manifold Installation... 9105
Exhaust Manifold Remove ota
Exhaust Manifold: Inspection... 1
Expansion and Pipo Plug Installatio 1.20
23
Exploded View... nnn
Exploded View” Fuel System vo $8
Fan Hub Disassembly er
Fan Hub Inspection a7
Fan Hub Installation. o.110
Fan Hub Removel on
Fan Hub Assembly. 8B
Fan Pulley Removsl . ono
Filter Bypass Valve Repiace SO 78
Flywheel Installation a 089
Flywheel! Removal... sonnevnanntwnnnne O28
Flywheel and Ring Gear inspection 163
Flywheel Housing. Installation. . 89
Flywheel Housing Removal 02a
Flywheel Housing Assembly... te4
Wet Clutch Application 185
Flywheel Housing Inspection. 16-4
Front Cover Installation... ost
Front Cover Ramoval....-. oo oe
Front Support Cleaning and inspection oo 166
Fuel Filter Removal on... otonmnunatens OME
Fuel Filter Head Instaitation. - o-104
Fuel Filter Head Removal... CL 1s
Fuel Lines Clean and Inspect 618
Fuel Dean Manifold... . 647
High Pressure Fuel Lines = 516
Low Pressure Fuel Lines ..scsononnsnnsnnaneannn 518
, Fuel Lines Installation... o-101
Fuel Orain Manifold. Installation... 102
High Pressure Fusl Lines Installation 0-108.
Inyection Pump Supply Line Installation. s-swsessvscnevne 101
Injection Pump Vent Line Installation... 0-102
Fuel Lines REMOVAL snnnnsnnininronnnnnnnns OF
Fuel Drain Manifold Removal... . 047
High Pressure Fuel Line Removal .wcwuewewnnes OF8
Low Pressure Fusl Lines Removal... fons O88
Fuel Pump Stud Replacement... 158
Fuel Tenster Pump “Cleaning and inapecing.. 613
Fuel Transfer Pump - General Informs 65
Fuol Transfer Pump Ic tion a 6S
Fuel Tranter Pump Inetallation, 088
Fuel Transfer Purp Piston Style Rebilidanvnonnnnnnnn OE
‘Assombly, | 645
Cleaning, ee 615
Fuel Transier Pump Removal.» 028
Gear Housing Disassombly 158
Gear Housing Installation... 054
Gear Housing _Removel cons 084
Gear Housing and Timing Pin Assembly, Inspection vn 187
General Cleaning Instructions. i. ett
Glass or Plastic Bead Claannag.... Mt
Solvent and Acid Cleaning... ett
Steam Cleaning Mit
General Engine Specifications . 6
Batteries (Specitic Graviy).. ES
Cooling System, =”
Eloctncal System Es
Fuel SYSIEM scr Coomnnnnnne EF
General Engine Dae. . E68
lotake Aw and Exhaust System wn ssnnnnnnnnnns EF
Lubnestion SY6t@M on Es
General Engine Test Procedures (Chassis Dynamometei). 14-22
Goneral Informatlon ver srnsnnnninnrinenanasnines BS
Exhaust Manifold een 13
Flywheel and Ring Gear . OT 82
Flywheel Housing. 162
Front Support. ae 162
General Information injectors... eo “Ba
General Information Lubrication System... 78
‘Oil Cooler Coro 78
General Information AbOUE FANS ..cccsnennenennns BVM
General Repair Instructions . 110
9
General Safety Instructions
Important Safety Notice... oar)
: 64
m2
Generic Symbols ..
Glossary of Terms
How To Use The Manual
Group Contents
Index..
Metne Information
Table of Contents... : “3
Musations.. oo
Injection Pump General Informaticn .
Injection Pump sdentification ... I
Injection Pump Installation : on
Injection Pumps Unlocking salman O74
Locked Timed Injection Pump” instalation. 0-72
Unlocked Bosch VE and P7100 Injection Purmp Installation .. 0-80
Unlocked CAV Injection Pump Installation .remnrau 0-76
Unlocked Stanadyne DB4 Injection Pump installation. O77
Injection Pump Removal (In-Line) 0-26
Imection Pump, Removal Rotary Type Pumps) xn O24
Ore Gear Removal. 026
Gear Lash Check 024
Locking the Pump icc oananeuesen, O85
Injection Pump Dataplate E4
Lucas CAV DPA dataplate location. on co ee
Robert Bosch VE dataplate location Es
Injection Pump Repairs Bosch VE... CUNY seas
Delivery Valve Holder/Sealing Washer" Flopiacemsni S546
Fuel Inlet Adapter/Seal - Replacoment
‘Overflow Adepter/Sealing Ring Replacement...
Shaft Saal Replacement... wo 515
‘Shutdown Lever!Spring Replacement. 548
Shutdown Solenod Replacement. . I $7
Injection Pump Repairs Lucos CAV DPA 525
‘Aulomalic Timing Advance Oisassembly 533
Back Leakage Valve Replacemenvnspection... ico. S26
Bleed Scrows/Sealing Washers Replacamont 528
Control Lever REplecOMENl warwnrsoneonronnavnnnncnnen $80
Fuso! inlot Fitting/Sealing Washar Aepiacemant.... 5.20
Locking ScrewiO-Ring Replacement. 528
Shutdown Lever!Spning Replacement 1 Sat
Shuldown Solenoid Replacement. oe 527
Timing Advance Assembly... oe ve 585
‘Timing Advance Components inspection 534
Vent Fiting/Seating Washer Inspectiors/Rapiacemant 329
Inyection Pump Repairs $39
Fuel Inlet Banjo Connector Replacemert, Bosch P7I00 .... 550
Fuel Pump Snut Off Lever Replacement, Bosch P7100... 5-52
Fuel Shut Off Solenoid Adjustment, Sosch P7100 551
Evel Shut Ot! Solenoid Bracket Raplacament, Bosch PIG)... 5-52
Fuel Shul Off Solenoid Replacement, Bosch P7100, 551
yection Pump Timing Nippondenso EPP... 54a
Injection Pump Timing Stanadyne DB4 con $39)
Pressure Reliol Velva and Sealing Waser Rapiecemen .
Bosch P7100 548
Return Connection Replacament. Stanadyne DB4.,........... 540
Seal Replacement, Bosch P7100. “$50
Seals Replacement, Nippondenso EPS 5468
‘Shut Down Lever or Spring fleplacement, Nippandensa EPS 5.46
‘Shutdown Solanoid Inspection, Bosch P7100 558
Shutoff Solenoid Replacement, Stanadyne DBA. sae 4
Speed Droop agusiment Of Ename, Stanadyre 5 Be 53
Throttle Lever Replacement, Bosch P7I00, on $53.
Injection Pump Timing Bosch VE. 521
Injector Assembly. nnn 610
Injector Clean and inspect... 68Injector Disassembly... 67
Injector Service Tools . 62
Injector Tegflng .oncnn : wo et,
Chatter Test tinuaunnnnannan 613
Injector Group Exploded View... 63
Injector Nozzles Installation, 7 088
Injector Nozzles Removal, scne 0-20
KSB Electrical Solenoid Style General information. 56
Cold Start Timing Advance System (KSB) Electrical Solenoic
Style, 86
VE Pump Timing Advance Prneiptes (With Electrical Solenoid
KSB Installed). 58 59
VE Pump Timing Advance Principles (Without #88). nee 7
KSB Electrical Solenoid Style Inspection .n.wnnn sium S12
KSB Electrical Solenoid Inspection. S12
KSB Elecincal Sotenoid Siyie Wirng Harness Inspection... §-14
KSB (Remote Mounted) Installation. enone O08
KSB (Remote Mounted) Removal nue O18,
Lifting Bracket Removsl Rear. . Ca
Lube Pump Installation .....,...0.innonno oss
Lube Pump Removal 032
Measuring Backlash. eon neuns oo ose
Lubricating Ol Cooler Exploded View. wo 7S.
Lubricating Oll Pump Exploded View... 7
Lubrication Oil Pump Ganeral Informatlon.n.s.ssscvwsnee 712
Manifold Cover Inataltation, 0100
‘Altercooler Installation ann o-101
Manifold Cover “Removal O18
Altercooler Removal . ong
Newton-Meter to Foot-Pound Conversion Chart vse
Capscrw Markings and Torque Vals USS. Cusiom ay.) V40
Of Draining 39
Oil Cooler Cidsning.....nuse-vonnnnn LI 79
Oli Cooler inspection... III 78
‘ll Cooler Instatlation 049
Oli Cooler Removal ....nnsonnonnn fonnnins O88
OU Filter tnetallation CS Ong
‘Ol Pan Installation ne o 0-88
Oil Pan Sealing Surfaces Sealants oss
‘Ol Pen Removal . ven 0:30
ll Pan and Suction Tubs Clearwng and inspect 74
ll Pan and Suction Tube Exploded View 72
ll Pan and Suction Tube General Information. 73
il Pump Inspection 713
Pipe Plug Torque Values CLINI waa.
Pleton and Connecting Rad Asgambly 145
Piston and Connecting Rod Disassembly 0.0. tat
Piston and Rod Ascomblles installation oa?
Piston and Connecting Rod Assemblies insallation...-..-. 0-0
ision Grading For 1984 Automotive Appications Only... 0-47
Piston and Rod Assembliss Removal 037
Platon InspectlOn vcesvccnron 142
Piaton Pin Inepection CIE 1a
Piston, Pin end Connecting Rod Cleaning - vat
Piston'Rng Gap Checking... 7 2 48,
Piston Rings Installation. a7
Pressure Regulator Valve Assembly... . 78
Pressure Regulator Valve Disassembly 77
Pressure Regulator Valve Inspection... 77
Push Reds Inspection... veut 44
Push Rods Installation : 0.93
Push Rode lemoval oz
Rear Seal Installation. : CO 088
Rear Seat Housing Removal wo. ccscsseswnesrsnnuenrans O80
Fling Gear Replacement 163,
Rocker Lever. Inspection an. onnancnnse 38.
Rocker Lever Assembly Exploded View 232
Rocker Lever Assembly General Informatlon..csccwwnnous 24
Rocker Lever Pedestals Inspection... SI a
Rocker Levers Assembly. a7
Rocker Levers Disassembly... eons oan 85
Rocker Levers Installation, oge
Rocker Levers Removal 021
Rocker Levers and Pedestals Cleaning 38
Rod Besring Clearance Checking. 144
Rollover Stand Engine Mounting, oe
Index
Page 3
Rollover Stand Engine Removat..ennnisnneininnnerin ONG
Rubber Element Vibration Dampar Cl pection. 1-38
Servige Literature Order Form . 4
Service Literature Ordering Location SO oe
Service Tools. Injection PUMP... 52
Side OWFilt” Installation. oso
Side Oi Fil - Removal... "0-28
Simbotos Usedos En Este Manual nnn ‘s
Specifications General Information. ..ncccccnnneeinnnn, V2
Starter Installation. ong
Starter Removal . oe os
Starter Inspection. vn 188
‘Steam Cleaning The Engine oo 08
Suction Tube Installation 087
Suction Tube Removsl oo oo 00.
Symbote.... ¥6
Symboles Ulises Dans Ce Manuel ‘7
Tep-Drill Chart U.S. Customary & Metric. waa
Tappat Cover instailatlon ... oe “070
028
Teppet Cover Removal...
Tappets and Push Rods Exploded View. - 42
General Information. a 43
‘Tappals and Push Rods’ General information. 43
Thermostat Inspection... Cena
Thermostat Installation...» co os109)
Thermostat Removal O12
Thermostat Housing Assembly Exploded View... en
Thermostat Housing Assembly General information... 8-12
Timing Pin Installation. 059
Timing Pin Housing Removal... CO 3a
Turboenerger Cleaning and inspection for “Reuse. 105
Inspection, fn . 108
Turbachergar installation 0-108
Turbocharger Removal CEL ota
Turbocharger Drain Tube Removal ot
Turbocharger Mounting Stud Replacement... cccuncuncrce M4
United States and United Kingdom Offices c3
Valve Inspection sonninnintenne 29
Valve Clearance Adjuatment “997
Valve Covers Installstion 0-100
Valve Covers Removal.. oo 028
Valve Guide Inspection Se Pa
Valve Seat Inspection... nranninnnnnn ait
Valve Seats Grinding 216
Calculating the Grading Dept . 246
Measuring the Valve Dept... -cnsnnnuewnn 246
Valve Spring Inspection . nuns BA
Valve Tappets Inspection 44
Valve Tappets Installation w.ccsnnecenennne 0-42
Valve Tappets -Removal ose
Valves Grinding... : III, as
Vibration Damper installation. . 0-110
Vibration DamperiCrankshatt Pulley Romovai..,. 0-10
Water inlet Connection Installation ont
Water inlat Connection Removal 029
Water Pump Exploded View ' 82
Water Pump General Information I 63
Pump Inspection vn a4
Water Pump lnstallation, 0-90
Weight and’ Messures, Gove wo O23
Weight and Measures Conversion Factors. v8Cummins Customized Parts Catalog
Cummins is pleased to announce the availability of a parts catalog compiled specifically for you.
Unlike the generic versions of paris catatogs that support general high volume parts content;
Cummins Customized catalogs contain only the new factory parts that were used to build your
engine
The catalog cover, as well as the content, is customized with you in mind. You can use it in your
shop, at your worksite, or as a coffee table book in your RV or boat. The cover contains your name,
company name, address, and telephone number. Your name and engine model identification even
appears on the catalog spine. Everybody will know that Cummins created a catalog specifically for
you.
This new catalog was designed to provide you with the exact information you need to order parts
for your engine. This will be valuable for customers that do not have easy access to the Cummins
Electronic Parts Catalog or the Cummins Parts Microfilm System.
Additional Features of the Customized Catalog include:
* Engine Configuration Data
+ Table of Contents
+ Separate Option and Parts Indexes
* Service Kits (when applicable)
+ ReCon Part Numbers (when applicable)
ORDERING THE CUSTOMIZED PARTS CATALOG
Ordering by Telephone:
North American customers can contact their Cummins Distributor or call Gannett Direct Marketing
Services at 800-646-5609 and order by credit card. Outside North America order on-line or make an
International call to Gannett at +-+-502-454-6660
Ordering On-Line
The Customized Paris Catalog can be ordered On-Line from the Cummins Powerstore by credit card,
Contact the Powerstore at WWW.CUMMINS.POWERSTORE.COM
Contact GOMS or the CUMMINS POWERSTORE for the current price; Freight may be an additional
expense.
Information we need to take your Customized Parts Catalog Order. This information drives the cover
content of the CPC.
+ Customer Name
+ Street Address
* Company Name (optional)
+ Telephone No.
* Credit Card No.
+ Cummins Engine Serial Number (located on the engine data plate)
Unfortunately not all Cummins Engines can be supported by this parts catalog. Engines older than
1984 or newer than 3 months may not have the necessary parts information to compile a catalog.
We will contact you if this occurs and explain why we are unable to fill your order.
Customized Parts Catalogs are produced specifically for a single customer. This means they are not
returnable for a refund. If we make an error and your catalog is not useable, we will correct that error
by sending you a new catalog.